Establishing a Connection

Adding a Connection to GitHub

To add a connection to GitHub:

In the application console, navigate to the Connections page.
At the Add Connections panel, select the icon for the connection you want to add.
If the GitHub icon is not available, click the Add More icon to download and install the GitHub connector from the CData site.

For required properties, see the Settings tab.

For connection properties that are not typically required, see the Advanced tab.

Connecting to GitHub

To authenticate to GitHub you must connect using OAuth authentication.

Advanced Features

This section details a selection of advanced features of the GitHub Sync App.

User Defined Views

The Sync App supports the use of user defined views, virtual tables whose contents are decided by a pre-configured user defined query. These views are useful when you cannot directly control queries being issued to the drivers. For an overview of creating and configuring custom views, see User Defined Views .

SSL Configuration

Use SSL Configuration to adjust how Sync App handles TLS/SSL certificate negotiations. You can choose from various certificate formats;. For further information, see the SSLServerCert property under "Connection String Options" .

Firewall and Proxy

Configure the Sync App for compliance with Firewall and Proxy, including Windows proxies and HTTP proxies. You can also set up tunnel connections.

Query Processing

The Sync App offloads as much of the SELECT statement processing as possible to GitHub and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side).

For further information, see Query Processing.

Logging

For an overview of configuration settings that can be used to refine CData logging, see Logging. Only two connection properties are required for basic logging, but there are numerous features that support more refined logging, which enables you to use the LogModules connection property to specify subsets of information to be logged.

SSL Configuration

Customizing the SSL Configuration

By default, the Sync App attempts to negotiate TLS with the server. The server certificate is validated against the default system trusted certificate store. You can override how the certificate gets validated using the SSLServerCert connection property.

To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert connection property.

Firewall and Proxy

Connecting Through a Firewall or Proxy

HTTP Proxies

To authenticate to an HTTP proxy, set the following:

ProxyServer: the hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through.
ProxyPort: the TCP port that the proxy server is running on.
ProxyAuthScheme: the authentication method the Sync App uses when authenticating to the proxy server.
ProxyUser: the username of a user account registered with the proxy server.
ProxyPassword: the password associated with the ProxyUser.

Other Proxies

Set the following properties:

To use a proxy-based firewall, set FirewallType, FirewallServer, and FirewallPort.
To tunnel the connection, set FirewallType to TUNNEL.
To authenticate, specify FirewallUser and FirewallPassword.
To authenticate to a SOCKS proxy, additionally set FirewallType to SOCKS5.

Data Model

The CData Sync App models GitHub data as an easy-to-use SQL database with tables, views, and stored procedures.

The Sync App exposes four types of schemas:

The Information Data Model models licensing information and high-level overviews of the organizations, enterprises, projects, and repositories associated with the authenticated account. There is only one Information schema.
The Gist Data Model models gists associated with the authenticated account, including their files, comments, forks, and commits. There is only one Gist schema.
The Repository Data Model exposes a separate schema for each repository in the authenticated account. Each schema models the full details of a repository, including its commits, issues, and pull requests.
The Project Data Model exposes a separate schema for each project in the authenticated account. Each schema models the project's data, including its items (issues, pull requests, and draft issues), custom fields, and views.

Information Data Model

In the Information Data Model, the Sync App models licensing information and high-level overviews of the organizations, projects, and repositories associated with the authenticated account as an easy-to-use SQL database. Live connectivity to these objects means that any changes to your GitHub account are immediately reflected in the Sync App.

Tables

The following Tables are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
EnterpriseAdminInvitations	Lists users who have been invited to join as GitHub Enterprise account administrators.
EnterpriseAdmins	Catalogs the administrators responsible for managing and maintaining a GitHub Enterprise account.
EnterpriseMembers	Lists all users who are members of a specified GitHub Enterprise account.
EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations	Tracks invitations sent to unaffiliated users to join a GitHub Enterprise account, aiding recruitment efforts.
Organizations	Contains comprehensive information about organizations linked either to the authenticated user or to a specified organization.
OrganizationTeams	Maintains a list of all teams within the user's organizations, supporting team management and collaboration.
ProjectStatusUpdates	Records project status updates, including any changes to goals or scope.
Repositories	Provides comprehensive details about user-owned or managed repositories, including configuration and metadata.
RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas	Gets all custom properties schemas for repositories.
RepositoryCustomPropertyValues	Lists organization repositories with all of their custom property values.

Views

The following Views are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
Enterprises	Stores information about GitHub enterprises associated with the user, including identifiers and descriptive details.
LicenseConditions	Lists conditions and obligations imposed by a specific software license applied to a GitHub repository.
LicenseLimitations	Details restrictions and limitations imposed by a specific license in the context of a GitHub repository.
LicensePermissions	Describes permissions granted by a specific repository license, helping users understand the scope of allowed actions.
Licenses	Compiles all supported open-source licenses recognized by GitHub, aiding in license selection and compliance.
OrganizationIssueTypes	The organization's issue types.
OrganizationMannequins	Lists mannequin accounts (placeholders) linked to an organization for use in managing legacy contributions.
OrganizationMembers	Details all members and collaborators associated with the user's organizations or a specific organization.
OrganizationTeamMembers	Tracks team memberships within organizations, detailing roles and associated permissions for each member.
OrganizationTeamProjects	Lists projects accessible to specific teams within a GitHub organization, including details on collaboration and access rights.
OrganizationTeamRepositories	Tracks repositories that teams in an organization have access to, along with permission levels for each repository.
Projects	Holds metadata and organization-related details for GitHub projects, enabling structured project tracking.
RepositoryBranches	Lists information about branches in repositories.
RepositoryCommits	Lists information about commits in repositories.
RepositoryPullRequests	Lists information about pull requests in repositories.
SecurityAdvisories	Lists GitHub Security Advisories.
SecurityAdvisoryCommonWeaknessEnumerations	Lists Common Weakness Enumerations (CWEs) associated with GitHub Security Advisories.
SecurityVulnerabilities	Lists software vulnerabilities documented by GitHub Security Advisories.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including getting the currently authenticated user or retrieving and refreshing OAuth access tokens.

The following procedures are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
CloneTemplateRepository	Duplicates the files and structure of a template repository to create a new repository, streamlining the setup process for consistent project creation.
DeleteRepository	Delete a repository from GitHub.
GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser	Fetches comprehensive details about the currently authenticated GitHub user, including username and account preferences.
MergePullRequest	Automates the merging of an open pull request into the target branch, integrating proposed changes into the main codebase.

Tables

The Sync App models the data in GitHub as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Tables


Name	Description
EnterpriseAdminInvitations	Lists users who have been invited to join as GitHub Enterprise account administrators.
EnterpriseAdmins	Catalogs the administrators responsible for managing and maintaining a GitHub Enterprise account.
EnterpriseMembers	Lists all users who are members of a specified GitHub Enterprise account.
EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations	Tracks invitations sent to unaffiliated users to join a GitHub Enterprise account, aiding recruitment efforts.
Organizations	Contains comprehensive information about organizations linked either to the authenticated user or to a specified organization.
OrganizationTeams	Maintains a list of all teams within the user's organizations, supporting team management and collaboration.
ProjectStatusUpdates	Records project status updates, including any changes to goals or scope.
Repositories	Provides comprehensive details about user-owned or managed repositories, including configuration and metadata.
RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas	Gets all custom properties schemas for repositories.
RepositoryCustomPropertyValues	Lists organization repositories with all of their custom property values.

EnterpriseAdminInvitations

Lists users who have been invited to join as GitHub Enterprise account administrators.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

EnterpriseSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Role supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdminInvitations]
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdminInvitations] WHERE [EnterpriseSlug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdminInvitations] WHERE [Role] = 'OWNER'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column: CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdminInvitations] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

EnterpriseId
Email
Role
InviteeLogin

INSERT INTO [EnterpriseAdminInvitations] ([EnterpriseId], [Role], [InviteeLogin]) VALUES ('E_kgDOAAO82g', 'OWNER', 'test')

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [EnterpriseAdminInvitations] WHERE [Id] = 'EAI_kwDOAAO82s4AA6xw'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique node ID representing the enterprise invitation object.
EnterpriseId	String	False	Enterprises.Id	The unique node ID of the enterprise associated with the invitation.
EnterpriseSlug	String	True	Enterprises.Slug	The URL-friendly identifier (slug) used to reference the enterprise in URLs and APIs.
Email	String	False		The email address of the person invited to join the enterprise.
Role	String	False		The role that the invited user has in the enterprise once they accept the invitation (for example, admin, member). The allowed values are OWNER, BILLING_MANAGER, UNAFFILIATED.
InviteeId	String	True		The unique node ID of the user invited to the enterprise. Null if the invitee is not yet a registered GitHub user.
InviteeLogin	String	False		The username (login) of the invited user. Null if the invitee is not yet a registered GitHub user.
InviterId	String	True		The unique node ID of the user who sent the invitation.
InviterLogin	String	True		The username (login) of the user who sent the invitation.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the invitation was created, in ISO 8601 format.

EnterpriseAdmins

Catalogs the administrators responsible for managing and maintaining a GitHub Enterprise account.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

EnterpriseSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Role supports the '=' comparison operator.
OrganizationLogins supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
TwoFactorMethodSecurity supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins]
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] WHERE [EnterpriseSlug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] WHERE [Role] = 'OWNER'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] WHERE [OrganizationLogins] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] WHERE [TwoFactorMethodSecurity] = 'SECURE'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Login
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] ORDER BY [Login]
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Delete

You can specify the following columns to delete a record:

Login
EnterpriseId

DELETE FROM [EnterpriseAdmins] WHERE ([Login] = 'Test') AND ([EnterpriseId] = 'E_kgDOAAO82g')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) assigned to the user.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key of the user in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String	True		The unique username of the user, used for login and profile identification.
Name	String	True		The publicly visible name of the user as displayed on their GitHub profile.
Email	String	True		The publicly visible email address associated with the user’s GitHub profile.
TwitterUsername	String	True		The user’s Twitter handle as listed on their GitHub profile.
Pronouns	String	True		The pronouns specified by the user on their GitHub profile (for example, they/them, she/her, he/him).
Bio	String	True		The user’s public profile bio, which provides an overview or description of the user.
BioHTML	String	True		The user’s profile bio formatted in HTML for display purposes.
Company	String	True		The user’s publicly displayed company or organization affiliation.
CompanyHTML	String	True		The HTML-formatted version of the user’s company information for display purposes.
Location	String	True		The geographic location specified by the user on their public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user has any content, such as repositories or gists, that can be pinned to their profile. Accepts arguments to filter by type.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int	True		The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String	True		Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsBountyHunter	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether this user is following the current viewer of the profile. Inverse of viewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a GitHub site administrator with elevated permissions.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a recognized member of the GitHub Stars program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is financially sponsoring the current viewer of their profile or organization.
IsViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether this user is the currently logged-in viewer of the profile.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can sponsor this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is sponsoring this user or organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to create new projects for this user or organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can pin repositories and gists to the user's profile.
StatusId	String	True		The unique identifier of the user’s status emoji.
StatusEmoji	String	True		An emoji representing the user’s current status.
StatusMessage	String	True		A short, user-defined message describing their current activity or status.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user’s status suggests they have limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String	True		The HTML representation of the user’s status emoji for display purposes.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the user’s status was created, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The expiration date and time for the user’s status. After this time, the status is no longer be visible.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the user’s status was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusOrganizationId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the organization associated with the user’s status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String	True		The login name of the organization associated with the user’s status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String	True		The current interaction restriction level on this user’s account or content (for example, collaborators only).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String	True		The source or origin of the currently applied interaction restriction (for example, account settings).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the current interaction restriction expires, if applicable.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool	True		Indicates whether this user or organization has an active GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int	True		The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int	True		The estimated amount of the next payout from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
SponsorsListingName	String	True		The full display name of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int	True		The total amount (in cents, USD) spent by this user or organization to sponsor others on GitHub. Only visible to the user or managers of the organization.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to this user’s profile on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the list of projects associated with this user.
Url	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL for this user’s GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to the list of projects associated with this user.
WebsiteUrl	String	True		A URL pointing to the user’s personal website or blog, as listed on their profile.
AvatarUrl	String	True		The URL pointing to the user’s public avatar image. Optionally accepts a 'size' argument to specify the dimensions of the square image in pixels.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String	True		The API endpoint used to interact with GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String	True		The endpoint used by GitHub Copilot for tracking the origin of requests.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String	True		The proxy endpoint used for routing GitHub Copilot requests.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String	True		The telemetry endpoint used for collecting data related to GitHub Copilot activities and usage.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when this object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when this object was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
RepositoryCount	Int	True		The total number of repositories owned by the user.
FollowerCount	Int	True		The total number of users following this user on GitHub.
EnterpriseId [KEY]	String	True	Enterprises.Id	The unique node ID of the enterprise associated with this user or data.
EnterpriseSlug	String	True	Enterprises.Slug	The URL-friendly identifier (slug) for the enterprise, used in APIs and URLs.
Role	String	True		The role assigned to the user within the enterprise (for example, 'admin', 'member'). Can be used for filtering. The allowed values are OWNER, BILLING_MANAGER, UNAFFILIATED.
OrganizationLogins	String	True	Organizations.Login	Filters results to include only members from the specified organizations, identified by their login names.
TwoFactorMethodSecurity	String	True		Filters results to include only users who have this type of two-factor authentication enabled. Excludes users with accounts only on GitHub Enterprise Server instances. The allowed values are SECURE, INSECURE, DISABLED.

EnterpriseMembers

Lists all users who are members of a specified GitHub Enterprise account.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

EnterpriseSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Role supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OrganizationLogins supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Deployment supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
TwoFactorMethodSecurity supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers]
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] WHERE [EnterpriseSlug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] WHERE [Role] = 'MEMBER'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] WHERE [OrganizationLogins] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] WHERE [Deployment] = 'CLOUD'
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] WHERE [TwoFactorMethodSecurity] = 'SECURE'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Login
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] ORDER BY [Login]
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseMembers] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Delete

You can specify the following columns to delete a record:

Id
EnterpriseId

DELETE FROM [EnterpriseMembers] WHERE ([Id] = 'U_kgDOCRzGkQ') AND ([EnterpriseId] = 'E_kgDOAAO82g')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) assigned to the user.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key identifier for the user in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String	True		The unique username of the user, used for login and profile identification.
Name	String	True		The publicly visible name of the user as displayed on their GitHub profile.
Email	String	True		The publicly visible email address associated with the user’s GitHub profile.
TwitterUsername	String	True		The Twitter handle listed on the user’s GitHub profile, if provided.
Pronouns	String	True		The pronouns specified by the user on their GitHub profile (for example, they/them, she/her, he/him).
Bio	String	True		The user’s public profile bio, describing their professional background or interests.
BioHTML	String	True		The HTML-formatted version of the user’s bio for display purposes.
Company	String	True		The publicly visible company or organization affiliation listed on the user’s profile.
CompanyHTML	String	True		The HTML-formatted version of the user’s company information for display purposes.
Location	String	True		The geographic location specified by the user on their public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user has any content, such as repositories or gists, that can be pinned to their profile. Can be filtered by content type.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int	True		The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String	True		Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire on GitHub.
IsBountyHunter	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is following the current viewer of their profile. This is the inverse of ViewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a GitHub site administrator with elevated permissions.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is a recognized member of the GitHub Stars program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user or organization is financially sponsoring the current viewer.
IsViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user is the currently logged-in viewer of the profile.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can sponsor this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is sponsoring this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects for this user or organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to pin repositories and gists to the user's profile.
StatusId	String	True		The unique identifier (ID) of the emoji representing the user’s status.
StatusEmoji	String	True		An emoji that visually summarizes the user’s current status.
StatusMessage	String	True		A brief, user-defined message that describes what the user is currently doing or their availability.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool	True		Indicates whether the user’s status suggests limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String	True		The HTML representation of the status emoji for display purposes.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the user’s status was created, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The expiration date and time for the user’s status. After this time, the status is no longer be visible.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the user’s status was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusOrganizationId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the organization associated with the user’s status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String	True		The login name of the organization associated with the user’s status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String	True		Specifies the current interaction limit applied to this user’s account or content (for example, collaborators only).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String	True		The source or reason for the currently active interaction limit (for example, account settings or an admin action).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the currently active interaction limit expires, if applicable.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool	True		Indicates whether this user or organization has an active GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int	True		The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int	True		The estimated amount of the next payout from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
SponsorsListingName	String	True		The full display name of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int	True		The total amount (in cents, USD) that this entity has spent on GitHub to sponsor others. Only visible to the user or managers of the organization.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to this user’s profile on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the list of projects associated with this user.
Url	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL for this user’s GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to the list of projects associated with this user.
WebsiteUrl	String	True		A URL pointing to the user’s public website or blog, as listed on their profile.
AvatarUrl	String	True		The URL pointing to the user’s public avatar image. Optionally accepts a 'size' argument to specify the dimensions of the square image in pixels.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String	True		The API endpoint used to interact with GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String	True		The endpoint used by GitHub Copilot for tracking the origin of requests.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String	True		The proxy endpoint used for routing GitHub Copilot requests.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String	True		The telemetry endpoint used for collecting data related to GitHub Copilot activities and usage.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the user or object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the user or object was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
RepositoryCount	Int	True		The total number of repositories owned by the user within the enterprise.
FollowerCount	Int	True		The total number of users following this user within the enterprise.
EnterpriseId [KEY]	String	True	Enterprises.Id	The unique node ID of the enterprise associated with the user.
EnterpriseSlug	String	True	Enterprises.Slug	A URL-friendly identifier (slug) for the enterprise, used in APIs and URLs.
Role	String	True		The specific role assigned to the user within the enterprise (for example, admin, member, or other enterprise-specific roles). The allowed values are MEMBER, OWNER, UNAFFILIATED.
OrganizationLogins	String	True	Organizations.Login	Filters results to include only users who belong to the specified organizations, identified by their login names.
Deployment	String	True		Filters results to include only users associated with the specified GitHub Enterprise deployment. The allowed values are CLOUD, SERVER.
TwoFactorMethodSecurity	String	True		Filters results to include only users who have enabled this type of two-factor authentication. Excludes users limited to accounts on GitHub Enterprise Server instances. The allowed values are SECURE, INSECURE, DISABLED.

EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations

Tracks invitations sent to unaffiliated users to join a GitHub Enterprise account, aiding recruitment efforts.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

EnterpriseSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations]
SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations] WHERE [EnterpriseSlug] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column: CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

EnterpriseId
Email
InviteeLogin

INSERT INTO [EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations] ([EnterpriseId], [Email], [InviteeLogin]) VALUES ('E_kgDOAAO82g', '[email protected]', 'test')

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations] WHERE [Id] = 'Test'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique node ID representing the invitation object.
EnterpriseId	String	False	Enterprises.Id	The unique node ID of the enterprise associated with the invitation.
EnterpriseSlug	String	True	Enterprises.Slug	The URL-friendly identifier (slug) used to reference the enterprise in APIs and URLs.
Email	String	False		The email address of the person invited to join the enterprise.
InviteeId	String	True		The unique node ID of the user who was invited to the enterprise. Null if the invitee is not a registered GitHub user.
InviteeLogin	String	False		The login (username) of the user who was invited to the enterprise. Null if the invitee is not a registered GitHub user.
InviterId	String	True		The unique node ID of the user who created and sent the invitation.
InviterLogin	String	True		The login (username) of the user who created and sent the invitation.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the invitation object was created, in ISO 8601 format.

Organizations

Contains comprehensive information about organizations linked either to the authenticated user or to a specified organization.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Login supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
MemberLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Organizations]
SELECT * FROM [Organizations] WHERE [Login] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Organizations] WHERE [MemberLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Name
TwitterUsername
Description
Email
OrganizationBillingEmail
Location
WebCommitSignoffRequired
MembersCanForkPrivateRepositories
WebsiteUrl

UPDATE [Organizations] SET [Name] = 'test', [WebCommitSignoffRequired] = false WHERE [Login] = 'test'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Login

DELETE FROM [Organizations] WHERE [Login] = 'test'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the organization.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key identifier for the organization in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String	True		The login (username) of the organization, used for identification and API references.
Name	String	False		The publicly displayed name of the organization.
TwitterUsername	String	False		The Twitter username associated with the organization, if provided.
Description	String	False		A brief description of the organization’s public profile, summarizing its purpose or mission.
DescriptionHTML	String	True		The HTML-rendered version of the organization’s public profile description for display purposes.
Email	String	False		The publicly visible email address associated with the organization.
OrganizationBillingEmail	String	False		The email address used for billing purposes within the organization.
Location	String	False		The geographic location specified in the organization’s public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the organization has items, such as repositories or gists, that can be pinned to its profile. Can filter by item type.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int	True		The number of additional items the organization can pin to its profile.
WebCommitSignoffRequired	Bool	False		Indicates whether contributors are required to sign off on web-based commits for repositories within the organization.
MembersCanForkPrivateRepositories	Bool	False		Indicates whether organization members are allowed to fork private repositories.
IpAllowListEnabledSetting	String	True		Specifies whether the organization has enabled an IP allow list for controlling access.
NotificationDeliveryRestrictionEnabledSetting	String	True		Indicates whether email notifications for the organization are restricted to verified or approved domains.
IpAllowListForInstalledAppsEnabledSetting	String	True		Specifies whether the organization has enabled IP allow list configuration for installed GitHub Apps.
Announcement	String	True		The text of the current announcement made by the organization.
AnnouncementUserDismissible	Bool	True		Indicates whether the announcement can be dismissed by users.
AnnouncementCreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the announcement was created, in ISO 8601 format.
AnnouncementExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The expiration date and time of the announcement, if set.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the organization object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the organization object was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
ArchivedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the organization object was archived, if applicable.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the organization’s profile on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the list of the organization’s projects.
TeamsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the list of the organization’s teams.
NewTeamResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path for creating a new team within the organization.
Url	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to the organization’s profile on GitHub.
AvatarUrl	String	True		A URL pointing to the organization’s public avatar image. Accepts an optional 'size' argument to specify the dimensions of the square image in pixels.
ProjectsUrl	String	True		The HTTP URL listing the organization’s projects on GitHub.
WebsiteUrl	String	False		The public URL of the organization’s website, as specified in its profile.
TeamsUrl	String	True		The HTTP URL listing the organization’s teams on GitHub.
NewTeamUrl	String	True		The HTTP URL for creating a new team within the organization.
IsVerified	Bool	True		Indicates whether the organization has verified its profile email and website.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether the organization is sponsoring the current viewer through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerCanAdminister	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer has administrative permissions for the organization.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is able to sponsor the organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is following the organization.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is sponsoring the organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects within the organization.
ViewerCanCreateRepositories	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can create repositories within the organization.
ViewerCanCreateTeams	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can create teams within the organization.
ViewerIsAMember	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is an active member of the organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer can pin repositories and gists to the organization’s profile.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String	True		Specifies the current interaction restriction applied to the organization (for example, collaborators only).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String	True		The source or reason for the currently active interaction restriction (for example, account settings or admin action).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the currently active interaction restriction expires, if applicable.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool	True		Indicates whether the organization has pinned any repositories or gists to its profile.
RequiresTwoFactorAuthentication	Bool	True		Indicates whether the organization requires all members, billing managers, and outside collaborators to enable two-factor authentication.
SamlIdentityProviderId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) for the SAML Identity Provider associated with the organization.
SamlIdentityProviderIssuer	String	True		The Issuer Entity ID for the SAML Identity Provider, used to identify the issuer of SAML assertions.
SamlIdentityProviderDigestMethod	String	True		The digest algorithm used to sign SAML requests for the Identity Provider.
SamlIdentityProviderIdpCertificate	String	True		The x509 certificate used by the Identity Provider to sign SAML assertions and responses.
SamlIdentityProviderSignatureMethod	String	True		The signature algorithm used to sign SAML requests for the Identity Provider.
SamlIdentityProviderSsoUrl	String	True		The Single Sign-On (SSO) URL endpoint for the Identity Provider’s SAML SSO.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool	True		Indicates whether the organization has an active GitHub Sponsors listing.
SponsorsListingId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) for the organization’s GitHub Sponsors listing.
SponsorsListingName	String	True		The full name of the organization’s GitHub Sponsors listing.
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int	True		The estimated amount of the next payout from GitHub Sponsors for this organization, in cents (USD).
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int	True		The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this organization, in cents (USD).
MemberLogin	String	True		Filters the list of organizations to include only those that have a specific member, identified by the user's login (username).

OrganizationTeams

Maintains a list of all teams within the user's organizations, supporting team management and collaboration.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Privacy supports the '=' comparison operator.
Slug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
NotificationSetting supports the '=' comparison operator.
LdapMapped supports the '=' comparison operator.
Role supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
RootTeamsOnly supports the '=' comparison operator.
UserLogins supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [Privacy] = 'SECRET'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [Slug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [NotificationSetting] = 'NOTIFICATIONS_ENABLED'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [LdapMapped] = true
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [Role] = 'ADMIN'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [RootTeamsOnly] = true
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE [UserLogins] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column:

Name ASC

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeams] ORDER BY [Name] ASC

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

OrganizationLogin
OrganizationDatabaseId
ParentTeamDatabaseId
Name
Description
Privacy
NotificationSetting
UserLogins

You can use the following pseudo-column to create a new record: RepositoryNamesWithOwner

INSERT INTO [OrganizationTeams] ([Name], [Description], [Privacy], [NotificationSetting], [OrganizationLogin], [UserLogins], [RepositoryNamesWithOwner]) VALUES ('TestTeam', 'A test team.', 'SECRET', 'NOTIFICATIONS_ENABLED', 'myorg', 'User1,User2', 'myorg/test2,myorg/test')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

ParentTeamDatabaseId
Name
Description
Privacy
NotificationSetting

UPDATE [OrganizationTeams] SET [Name] = '123456', [Description] = 'newDescription', [Privacy] = 'VISIBLE', [NotificationSetting] = 'NOTIFICATIONS_DISABLED' WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'myorg' AND [Slug] = 'team'

Delete

You can specify either of the following sets of WHERE conditions to delete a record:

OrganizationLogin and Slug

DELETE FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE ([OrganizationLogin] = 'myorg') AND ([Slug] = 'team')

OrganizationDatabaseId and DatabaseId

DELETE FROM [OrganizationTeams] WHERE ([OrganizationDatabaseId] = '178278991') AND ([DatabaseId] = '11017906')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the team.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key identifier for the team in the database, used for internal reference.
OrganizationId	String	True	Organizations.Id	The unique identifier (node ID) of the organization associated with the team.
OrganizationDatabaseId	Int	False	Organizations.DatabaseId	The primary key identifier for the organization in the database, used for internal reference.
OrganizationLogin	String	False	Organizations.Login	The login (username) of the organization associated with the team.
ParentTeamId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the parent team, if this team is part of a parent-child team hierarchy.
ParentTeamDatabaseId	Int	False		The primary key identifier for the parent team in the database, used for internal reference.
ParentTeamName	String	True		The name of the parent team, if applicable.
Name	String	False		The name of the team, as displayed within the organization.
Description	String	False		A brief description of the team, summarizing its purpose or activities.
Privacy	String	False		The privacy level of the team, which can be 'secret' or 'closed'. The allowed values are SECRET, VISIBLE.
Slug	String	True		The URL-friendly identifier (slug) corresponding to the team.
Url	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to access the team on GitHub.
AvatarUrl	String	True		A URL pointing to the team’s avatar image, if available.
CombinedSlug	String	True		The combined slug of the organization and team (for example, 'org-name/team-name').
DiscussionsUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to access the team's discussions on GitHub.
MembersUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to view the team’s members on GitHub.
NotificationSetting	String	False		The current notification setting for the team (for example, 'all', 'mentions'). The allowed values are NOTIFICATIONS_ENABLED, NOTIFICATIONS_DISABLED.
RepositoriesUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to view the repositories associated with the team.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to access the team on GitHub.
TeamsUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to view the sub-teams under this team, if any.
ViewerSubscription	String	True		Indicates whether the viewer is 'watching', 'not watching', or 'ignoring' the team’s updates.
DiscussionsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the team's discussions on GitHub.
EditTeamUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to access the editing page for this team.
MembersResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the team’s members on GitHub.
NewTeamUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to create a new team within the organization.
RepositoriesResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the team’s associated repositories.
TeamsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the sub-teams under this team, if any.
ViewerCanAdminister	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer has administrative permissions for this team.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for the team.
EditTeamResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the page for editing this team on GitHub.
NewTeamResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to the page for creating a new team within the organization.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the team object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the team object was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
ReviewRequestDelegationAlgorithm	String	True		Specifies the algorithm used for assigning code reviews to team members (for example, round-robin).
ReviewRequestDelegationEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether automatic review assignment is enabled for this team.
ReviewRequestDelegationMemberCount	Int	True		The number of team members required to be assigned for review requests when delegation is enabled.
ReviewRequestDelegationNotifyTeam	Bool	True		Indicates whether the entire team should be notified when review requests are assigned via delegation.
LdapMapped	Bool	True		Indicates whether the team is mapped to an LDAP Group (Enterprise feature only).
Role	String	True		Filters teams based on whether the viewer is an 'admin' or a 'member' of the team, if applicable. The allowed values are ADMIN, MEMBER.
RootTeamsOnly	Bool	True		Restricts results to only root-level teams if set to true, excluding sub-teams.
UserLogins	String	False	OrganizationMembers.Login	A comma-separated list of user logins to filter by when querying team data or assigning users as team maintainers during team creation.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
RepositoryNamesWithOwner	String	A comma-separated list of fully qualified repository names (for example, 'organization-name/repository-name') to add the team to.

ProjectStatusUpdates

Records project status updates, including any changes to goals or scope.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

OwnerLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
ProjectNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ProjectStatusUpdates]
SELECT * FROM [ProjectStatusUpdates] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [ProjectStatusUpdates] WHERE [ProjectNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

ProjectId
Body
StartDate
Status
TargetDate

INSERT INTO [ProjectStatusUpdates] ([ProjectId], [Body]) VALUES ('PVT_kwHOBTvkJ84Ad8nn', 'Test')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Body
StartDate
Status
TargetDate

UPDATE [ProjectStatusUpdates] SET [Body] = 'Test' WHERE [Id] = 'PVTSU_lAHOBTvkJ84Ad8nnzgABIoI'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [ProjectStatusUpdates] WHERE [Id] = 'PVTSU_lAHOBTvkJ84Ad8nnzgABIoI'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique node ID of the ProjectV2StatusUpdate object.
OwnerLogin	String	True		The login (username) of the owner of the project, which could be a user or organization.
ProjectId	String	False	Projects.Id	The unique node ID of the associated Project object.
ProjectNumber	Int	True	Projects.Number	The unique number assigned to the project within its scope (for example, repository, organization).
FullDatabaseId	Long	True		The primary key identifier for the status update in the database, represented as a BigInt.
Body	String	False		The main text content of the status update, describing progress or updates.
BodyHTML	String	True		The HTML-rendered version of the status update body for display purposes.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the status update object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
StartDate	Date	False		The start date associated with the status update, typically indicating when progress began.
Status	String	False		The current status of the update (for example, 'in progress', 'completed', 'on hold').
TargetDate	Date	False		The target date by which the goals of the status update are expected to be achieved.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the status update object was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.

Repositories

Provides comprehensive details about user-owned or managed repositories, including configuration and metadata.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Name supports the '=,!=' comparison operators.
OwnerLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
ForkCount supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
StargazerCount supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
TopicCount supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
IsArchived supports the '=' comparison operator.
IsFork supports the '=' comparison operator.
IsMirror supports the '=' comparison operator.
IsPrivate supports the '=' comparison operator.
LicenseKey supports the '=,!=' comparison operators.
LanguageName supports the '=,!=' comparison operators.
PushedAt supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
CreatedAt supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Repositories]
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [ForkCount] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [StargazerCount] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [TopicCount] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [IsArchived] = true
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [IsFork] = true
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [IsMirror] = true
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [IsPrivate] = true
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [LicenseKey] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [LanguageName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [PushedAt] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [Repositories] WHERE [CreatedAt] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Name
OwnerId
Visibility
Description
HomepageUrl
HasIssuesEnabled
HasWikiEnabled
IsTemplate

You can use the following pseudo-column to create a new record: TeamId

INSERT INTO [Repositories] ([Name], [OwnerId], [Visibility], [HasWikiEnabled]) VALUES ('APIRepo', 'MDQ6VXNlcjg3ODExMTEx', 'PRIVATE', true)
INSERT INTO [Repositories] ([Name], [OwnerId], [Visibility], [HomepageUrl], [TeamId]) VALUES ('OrgRepo', 'O_kgDOCfyf0Q', 'PRIVATE', 'www.test.com', 'T_kwDOCfyf0c4AmRiX')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Name
Description
HomepageUrl
HasDiscussionsEnabled
HasIssuesEnabled
HasProjectsEnabled
HasWikiEnabled
HasSponsorshipsEnabled
IsTemplate

You can use the following column to archive a record: IsArchived

You can use the following column to unarchive a record: IsArchived

UPDATE [Repositories] SET [Name] = 'NewRepoNameTest', [Description] = 'Test description.', [HasProjectsEnabled] = true WHERE [Id] = 'R_kgDOML7svg'
UPDATE [Repositories] SET [IsArchived] = false WHERE [Id] = 'R_kgDOML7svg'
UPDATE [Repositories] SET [IsArchived] = true WHERE [Id] = 'R_kgDOML7svg'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the repository.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key identifier for the repository in the database, used for internal reference.
Name	String	False		The name of the repository, as set by its owner.
NameWithOwner	String	True		The repository's name, prefixed with the owner's username or organization (for example, 'owner/repository-name').
OwnerId	String	False		The unique identifier (node ID) of the owner of the repository, which could be a user or organization.
OwnerLogin	String	True		The login (username) of the repository's owner, which could be a user or organization.
Visibility	String	False		The visibility level of the repository ('public', 'private', or 'internal').
DiskUsage	Int	True		The amount of disk space (in kilobytes) occupied by the repository.
ForkCount	Int	True		The total number of forks created from this repository across the network.
StargazerCount	Int	True		The total number of users who have starred this repository.
WatcherCount	Int	True		The total number of users watching this repository for updates.
TopicCount	Int	True		The number of topics assigned to the repository to improve discoverability.
TempCloneToken	String	True		A temporary authentication token for cloning the repository.
WebCommitSignoffRequired	Bool	True		Indicates whether contributors must sign off on web-based commits to this repository.
UsesCustomOpenGraphImage	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository uses a custom image for Open Graph instead of the owner's avatar.
Description	String	False		A brief text description of the repository, as provided by the owner.
DescriptionHTML	String	True		The HTML-rendered version of the repository's description for display purposes.
ShortDescriptionHTML	String	True		A simplified version of the repository's description, rendered in HTML without links.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to access the repository on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path listing the projects associated with this repository.
Url	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to the repository's main page on GitHub.
HomepageUrl	String	False		The URL of the repository's homepage, if specified.
MirrorUrl	String	True		The URL of the repository's original mirror, if applicable.
ProjectsUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL listing the projects associated with this repository.
SecurityPolicyUrl	String	True		The URL pointing to the repository's security policy, if available.
SSHUrl	String	True		The SSH URL used for cloning the repository.
OpenGraphImageUrl	String	True		The image used to represent this repository in Open Graph metadata.
MergeCommitTitle	String	True		Specifies how the default commit title is generated when merging a pull request (for example, 'pull request title').
MergeCommitMessage	String	True		Specifies how the default commit message is generated when merging a pull request (for example, 'pull request description').
SquashMergeCommitTitle	String	True		Specifies how the default commit title is generated when squash-merging a pull request (for example, 'pull request title').
SquashMergeCommitMessage	String	True		Specifies how the default commit message is generated when squash-merging a pull request (for example, 'pull request description').
DeleteBranchOnMerge	Bool	True		Indicates whether branches are automatically deleted after being merged in this repository.
HasDiscussionsEnabled	Bool	False		Indicates whether the Discussions feature is enabled for this repository.
HasIssuesEnabled	Bool	False		Indicates whether the Issues feature is enabled for this repository.
HasProjectsEnabled	Bool	False		Indicates whether the Projects feature is enabled for this repository.
HasWikiEnabled	Bool	False		Indicates whether the Wiki feature is enabled for this repository.
HasVulnerabilityAlertsEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether vulnerability alerts are enabled for this repository.
HasSponsorshipsEnabled	Bool	False		Indicates whether the repository displays a Sponsor button for financial contributions.
IsInOrganization	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is owned by an organization or is a private fork of an organization repository.
IsBlankIssuesEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether blank issue creation is allowed for this repository.
IsSecurityPolicyEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository has a security policy in place.
IsUserConfigurationRepository	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is a user configuration repository.
IsArchived	Bool	False		Indicates whether the repository is archived and unmaintained.
IsDisabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is disabled.
IsEmpty	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is empty.
IsFork	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is a fork of another repository.
IsLocked	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository has been locked.
IsMirror	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is a mirror of another repository.
IsPrivate	Bool	True		Indicates whether the repository is private and not publicly accessible.
IsTemplate	Bool	False		Indicates whether the repository is a template that can be used to generate new repositories.
LockReason	String	True		Specifies the reason why the repository has been locked, if applicable. The allowed values are BILLING, MIGRATING, MOVING, RENAME.
TemplateRepositoryId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the template repository from which this repository was generated, if any.
ParentId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the parent repository, if this repository is a fork.
ForkingAllowed	Bool	True		Indicates whether forking is allowed for this repository.
AutoMergeAllowed	Bool	True		Indicates whether Auto-merge can be enabled on pull requests for this repository.
SquashMergeAllowed	Bool	True		Indicates whether squash-merging is enabled for pull requests in this repository.
RebaseMergeAllowed	Bool	True		Indicates whether rebase-merging is enabled for pull requests in this repository.
MergeCommitAllowed	Bool	True		Indicates whether pull requests can be merged with a merge commit in this repository.
AllowUpdateBranch	Bool	True		Indicates whether pull request head branches that are behind their base branches can always be updated even if not required for merging.
ViewerPermission	String	True		Specifies the permission level of the viewer on the repository (for example, 'read', 'write', 'admin'). Returns null if authenticated as a GitHub App. The allowed values are ADMIN, MAINTAIN, READ, TRIAGE, WRITE.
ViewerSubscription	String	True		Indicates whether the viewer is watching, not watching, or ignoring the repository. The allowed values are IGNORED, SUBSCRIBED, UNSUBSCRIBED.
ViewerHasStarred	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewing user has starred this repository.
ViewerDefaultCommitEmail	String	True		The email address used by the viewer for their most recent commit in this repository.
ViewerDefaultMergeMethod	String	True		The last merge method used by the viewer (for example, 'merge', 'squash', 'rebase') or the repository's default merge method.
ViewerPossibleCommitEmails	String	True		A list of email addresses available for the viewer to use for committing in this repository.
ViewerCanAdminister	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has administrative permissions on this repository.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for the repository.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer can create new projects associated with this repository.
ViewerCanUpdateTopics	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer can update the topics (tags) of this repository.
CodeOfConductId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the Code of Conduct associated with this repository.
CodeOfConductName	String	True		The formal name of the Code of Conduct applied to this repository.
CodeOfConductBody	String	True		The full text of the Code of Conduct describing its rules and guidelines.
CodeOfConductKey	String	True		The unique key identifier for the Code of Conduct.
CodeOfConductUrl	String	True		The absolute HTTP URL to access the Code of Conduct for this repository.
CodeOfConductResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to access the Code of Conduct for this repository.
DefaultBranchRefId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the default branch in this repository.
DefaultBranchRefName	String	True		The name of the default branch in this repository (for example, 'main', 'master').
InteractionAbilityLimit	String	True		The current interaction restriction applied to this repository (for example, 'collaborators only').
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String	True		The source or reason for the currently active interaction restriction (for example, account settings, admin action).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime	True		The expiration date and time of the current interaction restriction, if applicable.
LatestReleaseId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the latest release in this repository.
LatestReleaseName	String	True		The title of the latest release in this repository.
LicenseId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the license associated with the repository.
LicenseKey	String	True	Licenses.Key	The SPDX key of the license associated with the repository (for example, 'mit', 'apache-2.0').
LanguageId	String	True		The unique identifier (node ID) of the primary programming language used in this repository.
LanguageName	String	True		The name of the primary programming language used in this repository (for example, 'JavaScript', 'Python').
LanguageColor	String	True		The hexadecimal color code associated with the primary programming language used in the repository.
PushedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the repository was last pushed to, in ISO 8601 format.
ArchivedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the repository was archived, in ISO 8601 format.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the repository was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the repository was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
PlanFeaturesCodeOwners	Bool	True		Indicates whether reviews can be automatically requested and enforced using a CODEOWNERS file.
PlanFeaturesDraftPullRequests	Bool	True		Indicates whether pull requests can be created as drafts or converted to drafts.
PlanFeaturesMaximumAssignees	Int	True		The maximum number of users that can be assigned to an issue or pull request in this repository.
PlanFeaturesMaximumManualReviewRequests	Int	True		The maximum number of manually requested reviews allowed on a pull request in this repository.
PlanFeaturesTeamReviewRequests	Bool	True		Indicates whether teams can be requested to review pull requests in this repository.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
TeamId	String	Specifies the team ID to be granted access to the repository when an organization is set as the owner.

RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas

Gets all custom properties schemas for repositories.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas]
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Upsert

You can use the following columns to upsert a record:

OrganizationLogin
Name
Description
Required
ValueType
DefaultValue
AllowedValues
ValuesEditableBy

UPSERT INTO [RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas] ([DefaultValue], [OrganizationLogin], [Name], [ValueType], [Description], [Required], [AllowedValues], [ValuesEditableBy]) VALUES ('Test', 'login', 'PropA', 'multi_select', 'Test description', true, 'A,B,C', 'org_and_repo_actors')

Delete

You can specify the following columns to delete a record:

OrganizationLogin
Name

DELETE FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas] WHERE ([Name] = 'PropA') AND ([OrganizationLogin] = 'login')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
OrganizationLogin [KEY]	String	True	Organizations.Login	The organization's login name.
Name [KEY]	String	False		The name of the property.
Description	String	False		Short description of the property.
Required	Bool	False		Whether the property is required.
ValueType	String	False		The type of the value for the property.
DefaultValue	String	False		Default value of the property.
AllowedValues	String	False		An ordered list of the allowed values of the property.
ValuesEditableBy	String	False		Who can edit the values of the property.
Url	String	True		The URL that can be used to fetch, update, or delete info about this property via the API.
SourceType	String	True		The source type of the property.

RepositoryCustomPropertyValues

Lists organization repositories with all of their custom property values.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
RepositoryName supports the '=' comparison operator.
Name supports the '=' comparison operator.
Value supports the '=,!=,IS,IS_NOT' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertyValues]
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertyValues] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertyValues] WHERE [RepositoryName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertyValues] WHERE Name='PropA' AND Value='Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Upsert

You can use the following columns to upsert a record:

OrganizationLogin
RepositoryName
Name
Value

UPSERT INTO [RepositoryCustomPropertyValues] ([OrganizationLogin], [RepositoryName], [Name], [Value]) VALUES ('login', 'Repo1', 'PropA', 'test')

Delete

You can specify the following columns to delete a record:

OrganizationLogin
RepositoryName
Name

DELETE FROM [RepositoryCustomPropertyValues] WHERE (([OrganizationLogin] = 'login') AND ([RepositoryName] = 'Repo1')) AND ([Name] = 'PropA')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
OrganizationLogin [KEY]	String	False	Organizations.Login	The organization's login name.
RepositoryName [KEY]	String	False		The name of the repository.
RepositoryDatabaseId	Int	True		Identifies the primary key from the database.
RepositoryFullName	String	True		The repository's name with owner.
Name [KEY]	String	False		The name of the property.
Value	String	False		The value assigned to the property.

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Views


Name	Description
Enterprises	Stores information about GitHub enterprises associated with the user, including identifiers and descriptive details.
LicenseConditions	Lists conditions and obligations imposed by a specific software license applied to a GitHub repository.
LicenseLimitations	Details restrictions and limitations imposed by a specific license in the context of a GitHub repository.
LicensePermissions	Describes permissions granted by a specific repository license, helping users understand the scope of allowed actions.
Licenses	Compiles all supported open-source licenses recognized by GitHub, aiding in license selection and compliance.
OrganizationIssueTypes	The organization's issue types.
OrganizationMannequins	Lists mannequin accounts (placeholders) linked to an organization for use in managing legacy contributions.
OrganizationMembers	Details all members and collaborators associated with the user's organizations or a specific organization.
OrganizationTeamMembers	Tracks team memberships within organizations, detailing roles and associated permissions for each member.
OrganizationTeamProjects	Lists projects accessible to specific teams within a GitHub organization, including details on collaboration and access rights.
OrganizationTeamRepositories	Tracks repositories that teams in an organization have access to, along with permission levels for each repository.
Projects	Holds metadata and organization-related details for GitHub projects, enabling structured project tracking.
RepositoryBranches	Lists information about branches in repositories.
RepositoryCommits	Lists information about commits in repositories.
RepositoryPullRequests	Lists information about pull requests in repositories.
SecurityAdvisories	Lists GitHub Security Advisories.
SecurityAdvisoryCommonWeaknessEnumerations	Lists Common Weakness Enumerations (CWEs) associated with GitHub Security Advisories.
SecurityVulnerabilities	Lists software vulnerabilities documented by GitHub Security Advisories.

Enterprises

Stores information about GitHub enterprises associated with the user, including identifiers and descriptive details.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Slug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
MembershipType supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Login supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Enterprises]
SELECT * FROM [Enterprises] WHERE [Slug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Enterprises] WHERE [MembershipType] = 'ALL'
SELECT * FROM [Enterprises] WHERE [Login] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the Enterprise object.
UserId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the User associated with the enterprise.
Location	String			The physical or geographical location of the enterprise, as specified in its profile.
Name	String			The name of the enterprise, as displayed in its profile.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key identifier for the enterprise in the database.
Announcement	String			The text of the current enterprise-wide announcement.
AnnouncementCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the announcement was created, in ISO 8601 format.
AnnouncementExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time of the announcement, if specified.
AnnouncementUserDismissible	Bool			Indicates whether users can dismiss the announcement from their view.
BillingEmail	String			The billing email address associated with the enterprise.
BillingInfoAllLicensableUsersCount	Int			The total number of licensable users or email addresses within the enterprise.
BillingInfoAssetPacks	Int			The number of data packs used by all organizations owned by the enterprise.
BillingInfoBandwidthQuota	Double			The total bandwidth quota (in GB) allocated to all organizations owned by the enterprise.
BillingInfoBandwidthUsage	Double			The total bandwidth usage (in GB) by all organizations owned by the enterprise.
BillingInfoBandwidthUsagePercentage	Int			The percentage of the bandwidth quota currently used by the enterprise.
BillingInfoStorageQuota	Double			The total storage quota (in GB) allocated to all organizations owned by the enterprise.
BillingInfoStorageUsage	Double			The total storage usage (in GB) by all organizations owned by the enterprise.
BillingInfoStorageUsagePercentage	Int			The percentage of the storage quota currently used by the enterprise.
BillingInfoTotalAvailableLicenses	Int			The number of licenses available across all owned organizations, based on unique billable users.
BillingInfoTotalLicenses	Int			The total number of licenses allocated to the enterprise.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the enterprise object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
Description	String			A brief text description of the enterprise, provided in its profile.
DescriptionHTML	String			The HTML-formatted description of the enterprise, suitable for display purposes.
OwnerInfoOidcProviderId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the OIDCProvider object associated with the enterprise.
OwnerInfoOidcProviderTenantId	String			The unique identifier of the tenant to which the OIDC provider is attached.
OwnerInfoSamlIdentityProviderId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the SAML identity provider object for the enterprise.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to the enterprise’s profile on GitHub.
Slug	String			The URL-friendly identifier (slug) for the enterprise, used in APIs and URLs.
Url	String			The absolute HTTP URL for the enterprise’s profile on GitHub.
ViewerIsAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has administrative privileges for this enterprise.
WebsiteUrl	String			The URL of the enterprise's official website or homepage.
Readme	String			The raw, plain-text content of the enterprise's README file, if available.
ReadmeHTML	String			The content of the enterprise's README file formatted as HTML for display purposes.
MembershipType	String			Filters enterprises based on the user's membership type (for example, 'owner', 'member'). The allowed values are ALL, ADMIN, BILLING_MANAGER, ORG_MEMBERSHIP.
Login	String			The login or username associated with the enterprise or user account.

LicenseConditions

Lists conditions and obligations imposed by a specific software license applied to a GitHub repository.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

LicenseKey supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [LicenseConditions]
SELECT * FROM [LicenseConditions] WHERE [LicenseKey] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Key [KEY]	String			The machine-readable key that uniquely identifies the license condition.
LicenseKey [KEY]	String	Licenses.Key		The SPDX (Software Package Data Exchange) ID of the license, typically represented in lowercase, which corresponds to a specific open-source license (for example, 'mit', 'apache-2.0').
Description	String			A detailed description of the condition associated with the license, explaining its terms or requirements.
Label	String			A human-readable label or title for the condition, designed to be easily understood by users without technical or legal knowledge.

LicenseLimitations

Details restrictions and limitations imposed by a specific license in the context of a GitHub repository.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

LicenseKey supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [LicenseLimitations]
SELECT * FROM [LicenseLimitations] WHERE [LicenseKey] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Key [KEY]	String			The machine-readable key that uniquely identifies the license limitation.
LicenseKey [KEY]	String	Licenses.Key		The SPDX (Software Package Data Exchange) ID of the license, typically represented in lowercase, which corresponds to a specific open-source license (for example, 'mit', 'apache-2.0').
Description	String			A detailed description of the limitation associated with the license, outlining any restrictions or prohibited uses.
Label	String			A human-readable label or title for the limitation, designed to be easily understood by users without technical or legal expertise.

LicensePermissions

Describes permissions granted by a specific repository license, helping users understand the scope of allowed actions.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

LicenseKey supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [LicensePermissions]
SELECT * FROM [LicensePermissions] WHERE [LicenseKey] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Key [KEY]	String			The machine-readable key that uniquely identifies the specific permission granted by the license.
LicenseKey [KEY]	String	Licenses.Key		The SPDX (Software Package Data Exchange) ID of the license, typically represented in lowercase, corresponding to a specific open-source license (for example, 'mit', 'apache-2.0').
Description	String			A detailed description of the permission granted by the license, explaining what actions or rights are explicitly allowed.
Label	String			A human-readable label or title for the permission, designed to be easily understood by users without technical or legal expertise.

Licenses

Compiles all supported open-source licenses recognized by GitHub, aiding in license selection and compliance.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

Key supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Licenses]
SELECT * FROM [Licenses] WHERE [Key] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the license.
Key	String			The lowercase SPDX (Software Package Data Exchange) ID of the license, used as a unique machine-readable identifier (for example, 'mit', 'apache-2.0').
SpdxId	String			The short identifier for the license as specified by the SPDX License List (https://spdx.org/licenses).
Name	String			The full official name of the license, as specified by the SPDX License List.
Nickname	String			The customary short name or abbreviation for the license, if applicable (for example, 'GPLv3').
Body	String			The complete text of the license, specifying all terms and conditions.
Description	String			A concise, human-readable explanation of the license, summarizing its key aspects.
Featured	Bool			Indicates whether the license is highlighted or featured in license pickers or recommendations.
Implementation	String			Guidelines or instructions on how to apply or implement the license in a project.
Url	String			The URL linking to the license details on https://choosealicense.com.
PseudoLicense	Bool			Indicates whether the license is a placeholder for pseudo-licenses (for example, 'other', 'no-license').
Hidden	Bool			Indicates whether the license should be hidden from license pickers and user-facing lists.

OrganizationIssueTypes

The organization's issue types.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationIssueTypes]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationIssueTypes] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The ID of the issue type.
OrganizationLogin	String	Organizations.Login		The organization's login name.
Name	String			The name of the issue type.
Description	String			The description of the issue type.
IsEnabled	Bool			The enabled state of the issue type.
Color	String			The color of the issue type.

OrganizationMannequins

Lists mannequin accounts (placeholders) linked to an organization for use in managing legacy contributions.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationMannequins]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationMannequins] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Login
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationMannequins] ORDER BY [Login]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationMannequins] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the mannequin.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key identifier for the mannequin in the database, used for internal reference.
OrganizationLogin	String	Organizations.Login		The login (username) of the organization associated with the mannequin.
Login	String			The username of the mannequin actor on the platform.
Email	String			The email address associated with the mannequin on the source instance.
Url	String			The URL linking to the mannequin's resource on GitHub.
ResourcePath	String			The HTML path to access the mannequin's resource on GitHub.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the mannequin object was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the mannequin object was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
ClaimantId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the user or entity claiming the mannequin.
ClaimantLogin	String			The username (login) of the claimant who is associated with the mannequin.

OrganizationMembers

Details all members and collaborators associated with the user's organizations or a specific organization.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationMembers]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationMembers] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the user within the organization.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key identifier for the user in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String			The username used by the user to log in and identify their GitHub account.
Name	String			The publicly visible name of the user as displayed on their GitHub profile.
Email	String			The email address publicly associated with the user’s profile, if available.
TwitterUsername	String			The Twitter handle provided by the user on their public profile, if available.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns specified by the user on their profile (for example, they/them, she/her, he/him).
Bio	String			The user’s public profile bio, which provides a brief description of their background or interests.
BioHTML	String			The HTML-formatted version of the user's bio for display purposes.
Company	String			The organization or company name listed on the user’s public profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The HTML-formatted version of the user’s company information for display purposes.
Location	String			The geographic location provided by the user on their public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has any items, such as repositories or gists, that can be pinned to their profile. Can be filtered by item type.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire on GitHub.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is following the current viewer of their profile. This is the inverse of ViewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a GitHub site administrator with elevated permissions.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a recognized member of the GitHub Stars program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization is financially sponsoring the current viewer.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is the currently logged-in viewer of the profile.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can sponsor this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is sponsoring this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects for this user or organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to pin repositories and gists to the user's profile.
StatusId	String			The unique identifier (ID) of the emoji representing the user’s status.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji that visually represents the user’s current status.
StatusMessage	String			A brief, user-defined message describing the user’s current activity or availability.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user’s status suggests limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The HTML representation of the emoji used for the user’s status.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user’s status was created, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time for the user’s status. After this time, the status is no longer be visible.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user’s status was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the organization associated with the user’s status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the user’s status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			Specifies the current interaction restriction applied to this user’s account or content (for example, collaborators only).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The source or reason for the currently active interaction restriction (for example, account settings or an admin action).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The date and time when the currently active interaction restriction expires, if applicable.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether this user or organization has an active GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount of the next payout from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount (in cents, USD) that this user or organization has spent to sponsor others on GitHub. Only visible to the user or managers of the organization.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to this user’s profile on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to the list of projects associated with this user.
Url	String			The absolute HTTP URL to the user’s profile on GitHub.
ProjectsUrl	String			The absolute HTTP URL to the list of projects associated with this user.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user’s personal website or blog, as listed on their profile.
AvatarUrl	String			The URL pointing to the user’s public avatar image. Optionally accepts a 'size' argument to specify the dimensions of the square image in pixels.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint used to interact with GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The endpoint used by GitHub Copilot for tracking the origin of requests.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint used for routing GitHub Copilot requests.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint used for collecting data related to GitHub Copilot activities and usage.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the object or user was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the object or user was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by the user within the organization.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of followers the user has on GitHub.
Role	String			The specific role assigned to the user within the organization (for example, 'member', 'admin').
HasTwoFactorEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the organization member has two-factor authentication enabled. Returns null if the information is not visible to the current viewer.
OrganizationLogin [KEY]	String	Organizations.Login		The login (username) of the organization associated with the member.

OrganizationTeamMembers

Tracks team memberships within organizations, detailing roles and associated permissions for each member.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Role supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OrganizationTeamSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Membership supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers] WHERE [Role] = 'MAINTAINER'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers] WHERE [OrganizationTeamSlug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers] WHERE [Membership] = 'IMMEDIATE'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Login
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers] ORDER BY [Login]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamMembers] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the user who is a team member.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key identifier for the user in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String			The username used by the team member to log in and identify their GitHub account.
Name	String			The publicly visible name of the team member as displayed on their GitHub profile.
Email	String			The publicly visible email address of the team member, if available.
TwitterUsername	String			The Twitter handle provided by the team member on their public profile, if available.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns specified by the team member on their profile (for example, they/them, she/her, he/him).
Bio	String			The public profile bio of the team member, providing a brief description of their background or interests.
BioHTML	String			The HTML-formatted version of the team member's bio for display purposes.
Company	String			The organization or company name listed on the team member’s public profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The HTML-formatted version of the team member’s company information for display purposes.
Location	String			The geographic location specified by the team member on their public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the team member has any items, such as repositories or gists, that can be pinned to their profile. Can filter by item type.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items the team member can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the team member has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the team member has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the team member participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is a participant in the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is following the current viewer of their profile. This is the inverse of ViewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is a GitHub site administrator with elevated permissions.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is a participant in the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is a recognized member of the GitHub Stars program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the team member or their organization is financially sponsoring the current viewer.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the team member is the currently logged-in viewer of the profile.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to follow this team member.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can sponsor this team member or their organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is following this team member.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is sponsoring this team member or their organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects within this user’s or organization’s scope.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to pin repositories and gists to this user’s profile.
StatusId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) for the emoji representing the user’s status.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji that visually summarizes the user’s current status or activity.
StatusMessage	String			A brief, user-defined message describing the user’s current activity or availability.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user’s status signifies limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The HTML representation of the emoji used for the user’s status.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user’s status was created, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time of the user’s status. After this date, the status is no longer displayed.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user’s status was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the organization associated with the user’s status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the user’s status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			Specifies the current interaction restriction applied to this user or their content (for example, 'collaborators only').
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The source or reason for the currently active interaction restriction (for example, account settings, admin action).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time of the current interaction restriction, if applicable.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether this user or organization has an active GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount of the next payout from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) for this user’s or organization’s GitHub Sponsors listing.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full display name of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount in US cents that this user or organization has spent sponsoring others on GitHub. Visible only to the user or managers of the organization.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to this user’s profile on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path listing the projects associated with this user.
Url	String			The absolute HTTP URL to the user’s GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String			The absolute HTTP URL listing the projects associated with this user.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user’s personal website or blog, as listed on their profile.
AvatarUrl	String			The URL to the user’s public avatar image. Can accept an optional 'size' parameter to specify the dimensions of the square image in pixels.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint for interacting with GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The endpoint used by GitHub Copilot to track the origin of requests.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint used for routing GitHub Copilot requests.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint for collecting data related to GitHub Copilot activities and usage.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the object or team member was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the object or team member was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by the user within the team or organization.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of followers the team member has on GitHub.
MemberAccessResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to the organization's member access page.
MemberAccessUrl	String			The absolute HTTP URL to the organization's member access page.
Role	String			The specific role assigned to the team member within the team (for example, 'member', 'maintainer'). The allowed values are MAINTAINER, MEMBER.
OrganizationTeamSlug [KEY]	String	OrganizationTeams.Slug		The unique slug (URL-friendly identifier) corresponding to the team within the organization.
OrganizationLogin [KEY]	String	Organizations.Login		The login (username) of the organization associated with the team.
Membership	String			Filters team members based on their membership type (for example, 'active', 'pending'). The allowed values are IMMEDIATE, CHILD_TEAM, ALL.

OrganizationTeamProjects

Lists projects accessible to specific teams within a GitHub organization, including details on collaboration and access rights.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Number supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OrganizationTeamSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
MinPermissionLevel supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] WHERE [Number] = 123
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] WHERE [OrganizationTeamSlug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] WHERE [MinPermissionLevel] = 'READ'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Number
Title
UpdatedAt
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] ORDER BY [Number]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] ORDER BY [Title]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamProjects] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the project.
Number	Int			The project’s unique number within the organization or team.
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key identifier for the project in the database, represented as a BigInt.
Title	String			The name or title of the project.
ShortDescription	String			A brief description of the project, summarizing its purpose or goals.
Readme	String			The README content associated with the project, providing detailed information about it.
Creator	String			The login (username) of the user who originally created the project.
Public	Bool			Indicates whether the project is public and accessible to everyone.
Template	Bool			Indicates whether this project serves as a template for creating new projects.
Closed	Bool			Indicates whether the project is currently closed.
ViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to close the project.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to reopen the project.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to update the project.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access the project on GitHub.
Url	String			The absolute HTTP URL to access the project on GitHub.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the project was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
ClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the project was closed, in ISO 8601 format.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the project was created, in ISO 8601 format.
OrganizationTeamSlug [KEY]	String	OrganizationTeams.Slug		The unique slug (URL-friendly identifier) corresponding to the team associated with the project.
OrganizationLogin [KEY]	String	Organizations.Login		The login (username) of the organization associated with the project.
MinPermissionLevel	String			Filters projects based on the user’s minimum permission level (for example, 'read', 'write', 'admin'). The allowed values are READ, WRITE, ADMIN.

OrganizationTeamRepositories

Tracks repositories that teams in an organization have access to, along with permission levels for each repository.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

OrganizationTeamSlug supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OrganizationLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] WHERE [OrganizationTeamSlug] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] WHERE [OrganizationLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Name
StargazerCount
PushedAt
CreatedAt
Permission

SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] ORDER BY [Name]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] ORDER BY [StargazerCount]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] ORDER BY [PushedAt]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [OrganizationTeamRepositories] ORDER BY [Permission]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the repository.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key identifier for the repository in the database, used for internal reference.
Name	String			The name of the repository, as set by its owner.
NameWithOwner	String			The repository's name, prefixed with the owner's username or organization (for example, 'owner/repository-name').
Visibility	String			Indicates the visibility level of the repository ('public', 'private', or 'internal').
DiskUsage	Int			The amount of disk space (in kilobytes) that the repository occupies.
ForkCount	Int			The total number of forks created from this repository across the network.
StargazerCount	Int			The total number of users who have starred this repository.
WatcherCount	Int			The total number of users watching this repository for updates.
TopicCount	Int			The number of topics assigned to the repository to improve discoverability.
TempCloneToken	String			A temporary authentication token for cloning the repository.
WebCommitSignoffRequired	Bool			Indicates whether contributors must sign off on web-based commits to this repository.
UsesCustomOpenGraphImage	Bool			Indicates whether the repository uses a custom image for Open Graph instead of the owner's avatar.
Description	String			A brief text description of the repository, as provided by the owner.
DescriptionHTML	String			The HTML-rendered version of the repository's description for display purposes.
ShortDescriptionHTML	String			A simplified version of the repository's description, rendered in HTML without links.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access the repository on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path listing the repository's associated projects.
Url	String			The absolute HTTP URL to the repository's main page on GitHub.
HomepageUrl	String			The URL of the repository's homepage, if specified.
MirrorUrl	String			The URL of the repository's original mirror, if applicable.
ProjectsUrl	String			The absolute HTTP URL listing the repository's associated projects.
SecurityPolicyUrl	String			The URL pointing to the repository's security policy, if available.
SSHUrl	String			The SSH URL used for cloning the repository.
OpenGraphImageUrl	String			The image used to represent this repository in Open Graph metadata.
MergeCommitTitle	String			Specifies how the default commit title is generated when merging a pull request (for example, 'pull request title').
MergeCommitMessage	String			Specifies how the default commit message is generated when merging a pull request (for example, 'pull request description').
SquashMergeCommitTitle	String			Specifies how the default commit title is generated when squash merging a pull request.
SquashMergeCommitMessage	String			Specifies how the default commit message is generated when squash merging a pull request.
DeleteBranchOnMerge	Bool			Indicates whether branches are automatically deleted after being merged in this repository.
HasDiscussionsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Discussions feature is enabled for this repository.
HasIssuesEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Issues feature is enabled for this repository.
HasProjectsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Projects feature is enabled for this repository.
HasWikiEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Wiki feature is enabled for this repository.
HasVulnerabilityAlertsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether vulnerability alerts are enabled for this repository.
HasSponsorshipsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the repository displays a Sponsor button for financial contributions.
IsInOrganization	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is owned by an organization or is a private fork of an organization repository.
IsBlankIssuesEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether blank issue creation is allowed for this repository.
IsSecurityPolicyEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the repository has a security policy in place.
IsUserConfigurationRepository	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a user configuration repository.
IsArchived	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is archived and unmaintained.
IsDisabled	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is disabled.
IsEmpty	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is empty.
IsFork	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a fork of another repository.
IsLocked	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is locked.
IsMirror	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a mirror of another repository.
IsPrivate	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is private and not publicly accessible.
IsTemplate	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a template that can be used to generate new repositories.
LockReason	String			The reason why the repository has been locked, if applicable. The allowed values are BILLING, MIGRATING, MOVING, RENAME.
TemplateRepositoryId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the template repository from which this repository was generated, if any.
ParentId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the parent repository, if this repository is a fork.
ForkingAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether forking is allowed for this repository.
AutoMergeAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether Auto-merge can be enabled on pull requests for this repository.
SquashMergeAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether squash-merging is enabled for pull requests in this repository.
RebaseMergeAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether rebase-merging is enabled for pull requests in this repository.
MergeCommitAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether pull requests can be merged with a merge commit in this repository.
AllowUpdateBranch	Bool			Indicates whether pull request head branches that are behind their base branches can be updated even if it is not required for merging.
ViewerPermission	String			Specifies the permission level of the viewer on the repository (for example, 'read', 'write', 'admin'). Returns null if authenticated as a GitHub App. The allowed values are ADMIN, MAINTAIN, READ, TRIAGE, WRITE.
ViewerSubscription	String			Indicates whether the viewer is watching, not watching, or ignoring the repository. The allowed values are IGNORED, SUBSCRIBED, UNSUBSCRIBED.
ViewerHasStarred	Bool			Indicates whether the viewing user has starred this repository.
ViewerDefaultCommitEmail	String			The email address used by the viewer for their last commit in this repository.
ViewerDefaultMergeMethod	String			The last merge method used by the viewer (for example, 'merge', 'squash', 'rebase') or the repository's default merge method.
ViewerPossibleCommitEmails	String			A list of email addresses the viewer can use for committing in this repository.
ViewerCanAdminister	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has administrative permissions on this repository.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for this repository.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can create new projects within this repository.
ViewerCanUpdateTopics	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can update the topics (tags) for this repository.
CodeOfConductId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the Code of Conduct associated with this repository.
CodeOfConductName	String			The formal name of the Code of Conduct applied to this repository.
CodeOfConductBody	String			The text body of the Code of Conduct describing its rules and guidelines.
CodeOfConductKey	String			The unique key identifier for the Code of Conduct.
CodeOfConductUrl	String			The absolute HTTP URL to view the Code of Conduct for this repository.
CodeOfConductResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to view the Code of Conduct for this repository.
DefaultBranchRefId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the default branch in this repository.
DefaultBranchRefName	String			The name of the default branch for this repository (for example, 'main', 'master').
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			Specifies the current interaction restriction applied to this repository (for example, 'collaborators only').
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The source or reason for the currently active interaction restriction (for example, account settings, admin action).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time for the current interaction restriction, if applicable.
LatestReleaseId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the latest release in this repository.
LatestReleaseName	String			The title of the latest release in this repository.
LicenseId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the license associated with the repository.
LicenseKey	String	Licenses.Key		The unique key identifier for the license associated with the repository (for example, 'mit', 'apache-2.0').
LanguageId	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the primary programming language used in the repository.
LanguageName	String			The name of the primary programming language used in the repository (for example, 'JavaScript', 'Python').
LanguageColor	String			The hexadecimal color code associated with the primary programming language used in the repository.
PushedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was last pushed to, in ISO 8601 format.
ArchivedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was archived, in ISO 8601 format.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was created, in ISO 8601 format.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
PlanFeaturesCodeOwners	Bool			Indicates whether the repository supports automatic review requests and enforcement using a CODEOWNERS file.
PlanFeaturesDraftPullRequests	Bool			Indicates whether the repository allows pull requests to be created as drafts or converted to drafts.
PlanFeaturesMaximumAssignees	Int			The maximum number of users that can be assigned to an issue or pull request in this repository.
PlanFeaturesMaximumManualReviewRequests	Int			The maximum number of manually requested reviews allowed on a pull request in this repository.
PlanFeaturesTeamReviewRequests	Bool			Indicates whether teams can be requested to review pull requests in this repository.
Permission	String			The permission level that the team has on the repository (for example, 'read', 'write', 'admin', 'maintain', 'triage').
OrganizationTeamSlug [KEY]	String	OrganizationTeams.Slug		The URL-friendly identifier (slug) for the team associated with the repository.
OrganizationLogin [KEY]	String	Organizations.Login		The login (username) of the organization associated with the repository.

Projects

Holds metadata and organization-related details for GitHub projects, enabling structured project tracking.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

OwnerLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Number supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
MinPermissionLevel supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Projects]
SELECT * FROM [Projects] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Projects] WHERE [Number] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Projects] WHERE [MinPermissionLevel] = 'READ'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Number
Title
UpdatedAt
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [Projects] ORDER BY [Number]
SELECT * FROM [Projects] ORDER BY [Title]
SELECT * FROM [Projects] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [Projects] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier (node ID) of the project.
OwnerLogin	String			The login (username) of the owner of the project, which could be a user or an organization.
Number	Int			The unique number assigned to the project within its scope (for example, repository, organization).
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key identifier for the project in the database, represented as a BigInt.
Title	String			The name or title of the project, as set by its creator.
ShortDescription	String			A brief description of the project, summarizing its purpose or goals.
Readme	String			The README content associated with the project, providing detailed information or instructions.
Creator	String			The login (username) of the user who originally created the project.
Public	Bool			Indicates whether the project is public and accessible to everyone.
Template	Bool			Indicates whether the project is a template that can be used to create new projects.
Closed	Bool			Indicates whether the project is currently closed and no longer active.
ViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to close the project.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to reopen the project.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to update the project.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access the project on GitHub.
Url	String			The absolute HTTP URL to access the project on GitHub.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the project was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
ClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the project was closed, in ISO 8601 format.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the project was created, in ISO 8601 format.
MinPermissionLevel	String			Filters projects based on the user’s minimum permission level (for example, 'read', 'write', 'admin'). The allowed values are READ, WRITE, ADMIN.

RepositoryBranches

Lists information about branches in repositories.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators.

Name supports the =, IN comparison operators.
RepositoryName supports the =, IN comparison operators. When querying RepositoryBranches, applying this filter is recommended to improve query efficiency.
OwnerLogin supports the =, IN comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [RepositoryBranches]
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryBranches] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryBranches] WHERE [RepositoryName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryBranches] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The ID of the branch.
Name	String			The branch name.
Prefix	String			The branch prefix.
TargetId	String			The ID of the object the ref points to.
TargetOid	String			The Git object ID of the object the ref points to.
RepositoryId	String			The ID of the repository.
RepositoryName	String			The name of the repository.
OwnerLogin	String			The login field of a user or organization.

RepositoryCommits

Lists information about commits in repositories.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators.

CommittedDate supports the =, >=, >, =, <, <= comparison operators.
OwnerLogin supports the =, IN comparison operators.

When querying RepositoryCommits, applying the following filters are recommended to improve query efficiency:

BranchName supports the =, IN comparison operators.
RepositoryName supports the =, IN comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCommits]
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCommits] WHERE [CommittedDate] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCommits] WHERE [BranchName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCommits] WHERE [RepositoryName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryCommits] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The ID of the commit.
Oid	String			The Git object ID.
AbbreviatedOid	String			An abbreviated version of the Git object ID.
ChangedFilesIfAvailable	Int			The number of changed files in this commit. If GitHub is unable to calculate the number of changed files (for example due to a timeout), this will return 'null'. We recommend using this field instead of 'changedFiles'.
Additions	Int			The number of additions in this commit.
Deletions	Int			The number of deletions in this commit.
AuthoredByCommitter	Bool			Check if the committer and the author match.
CommittedViaWeb	Bool			Check if committed via GitHub web UI.
AuthoredDate	Datetime			The datetime when this commit was authored.
CommittedDate	Datetime			The datetime when this commit was committed.
ViewerSubscription	String			Identifies if the viewer is watching, not watching, or ignoring the subscribable entity.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Check if the viewer is able to change their subscription status for the repository.
Message	String			The Git commit message.
MessageBody	String			The Git commit message body.
MessageHeadline	String			The Git commit message headline.
MessageBodyHTML	String			The commit message body rendered to HTML.
MessageHeadlineHTML	String			The commit message headline rendered to HTML.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this commit.
CommitResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this Git object.
TreeResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for the tree of this commit.
Url	String			The HTTP URL for this commit.
CommitUrl	String			The HTTP URL for this Git object.
TarballUrl	String			Returns a URL to download a tarball archive for a repository. Note: For private repositories, these links are temporary and expire after five minutes.
TreeUrl	String			The HTTP URL for the tree of this commit.
ZipballUrl	String			Returns a URL to download a zipball archive for a repository. Note: For private repositories, these links are temporary and expire after five minutes.
AuthorName	String			The name in the Git commit.
AuthorEmail	String			The email of the commit author.
AuthorDate	Datetime			The timestamp of the Git action (authoring or committing).
AuthorUserLogin	String			The GitHub user corresponding to the email field. Null if no such user exists.
CommitterName	String			The name in the Git commit.
CommitterEmail	String			The email of the committer.
CommitterDate	Datetime			The timestamp of the Git action (authoring or committing).
CommitterUserLogin	String			The GitHub user corresponding to the email field. Null if no such user exists.
OnBehalfOfId	String			The organization's ID this commit was made on behalf of.
OnBehalfOf	String			The organization's login name this commit was made on behalf of.
SignatureIsValid	Bool			True if the signature is valid and verified by GitHub.
Signature	String			ASCII-armored signature header from object.
SignatureEmail	String			Email used to sign this object.
SignaturePayload	String			Payload for GPG signing object. Raw ODB object without the signature header.
SignatureState	String			The state of this signature. VALID if signature is valid and verified by GitHub, otherwise represents reason why signature is considered invalid.
SignatureSigner	String			GitHub user's login name corresponding to the email signing this commit.
WasSignedByGitHub	Bool			True if the signature was made with GitHub's signing key.
SignatureVerifiedAt	Datetime			The date the signature was verified, if valid.
StatusId	String			The commit status ID.
StatusState	String			The combined commit status.
StatusCheckRollupId	String			The Check and Status rollup ID.
StatusCheckRollupState	String			Check and Status rollup combined status state for this commit.
TreeId	String			The commit's root Tree ID.
TreeOid	String			The Git object ID.
TreeAbbreviatedOid	String			An abbreviated version of the Git object ID.
TreeCommitUrl	String			The HTTP URL for this Git object.
TreeCommitResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this Git object.
BranchName [KEY]	String	RepositoryBranches.Name		The name of the branch.
RepositoryId	String			The ID of the repository.
RepositoryName	String			The name of the repository.
OwnerLogin	String			The login field of a user or organization.

RepositoryPullRequests

Lists information about pull requests in repositories.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

BaseRefName supports the '=' comparison operator.
HeadRefName supports the '=' comparison operator.
State supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
RepositoryName supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
OwnerLogin supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests]
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] WHERE [BaseRefName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] WHERE [HeadRefName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] WHERE [State] = 'OPEN'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] WHERE [RepositoryName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

UpdatedAt
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [RepositoryPullRequests] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The ID of the pull request.
FullDatabaseId	Long			Identifies the primary key from the database as a BigInt.
Author	String			The actor's login name who authored the comment.
AuthorAssociation	String			Author's association with the subject of the comment.
Editor	String			The actor's login name who edited this pull request's body.
HeadRepositoryId	String			The repository associated with this pull request's head Ref.
HeadRepositoryOwner	String			The owner's login name of the repository associated with this pull request's head Ref.
MergedBy	String			The actor's login name who merged the pull request.
BaseRefId	String			Identifies the ID of the base ref associated with the pull request, even if the ref has been deleted.
BaseRefOid	String			Identifies the OID of the base ref associated with the pull request, even if the ref has been deleted.
BaseRefPrefix	String			Identifies the prefix of the base Ref associated with the pull request.
BaseRefName	String			Identifies the name of the base Ref associated with the pull request, even if the ref has been deleted.
HeadRefId	String			Identifies the ID of the head ref associated with the pull request, even if the ref has been deleted.
HeadRefOid	String			Identifies the OID of the head ref associated with the pull request, even if the ref has been deleted.
HeadRefPrefix	String			Identifies the prefix of the head Ref associated with the pull request.
HeadRefName	String			Identifies the name of the head Ref associated with the pull request, even if the ref has been deleted.
Title	String			Identifies the pull request title.
TitleHTML	String			Identifies the pull request title rendered to HTML.
Body	String			The body as Markdown.
BodyText	String			The body rendered to text.
BodyHTML	String			The body rendered to HTML.
State	String			Identifies the state of the pull request.
Number	Int			Identifies the pull request number.
Mergeable	String			Whether or not the pull request can be merged based on the existence of merge conflicts.
Merged	Bool			Whether or not the pull request was merged.
Closed	Bool			true if the pull request is closed.
ChangedFiles	Int			The number of changed files in this pull request.
Additions	Int			The number of additions in this pull request.
Deletions	Int			The number of deletions in this pull request.
TotalCommentsCount	Int			Returns a count of how many comments this pull request has received.
ReviewDecision	String			The current status of this pull request with respect to code review.
Locked	Bool			true if the pull request is locked.
ActiveLockReason	String			Reason that the conversation was locked.
IsDraft	Bool			Identifies if the pull request is a draft.
IsCrossRepository	Bool			The head and base repositories are different.
MaintainerCanModify	Bool			Indicates whether maintainers can modify the pull request.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool			Check if this comment was created via an email reply.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Check if this comment was edited and includes an edit with the creation data.
MergeCommitId	String			The commit ID that was created when this pull request was merged.
PotentialMergeCommitId	String			The commit ID that GitHub automatically generated to test if this pull request could be merged. This field will not return a value if the pull request is merged, or if the test merge commit is still being generated. See the mergeable field for more details on the mergeability of the pull request.
Permalink	String			The permalink to the pull request.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this pull request.
ChecksResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for the checks of this pull request.
RevertResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for reverting this pull request.
Url	String			The HTTP URL for this pull request.
ChecksUrl	String			The HTTP URL for the checks of this pull request.
RevertUrl	String			The HTTP URL for reverting this pull request.
LastEditedAt	Datetime			The moment the editor made the last edit.
MergedAt	Datetime			The date and time that the pull request was merged.
ClosedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was closed.
PublishedAt	Datetime			Identifies when the comment was published at.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
MilestoneId	String			Identifies the milestone's ID associated with the pull request.
MilestoneTitle	String			Identifies the title of the milestone.
MilestoneNumber	Int			Identifies the number of the milestone.
AutoMergeRequestCommitHeadline	String			The commit title of the auto-merge request. If a merge queue is required by the base branch, this value will be set by the merge queue when merging.
AutoMergeRequestAuthorEmail	String			The email address of the author of this auto-merge request.
AutoMergeRequestCommitBody	String			The commit message of the auto-merge request. If a merge queue is required by the base branch, this value will be set by the merge queue when merging.
AutoMergeRequestEnabledAt	Datetime			When was this auto-merge request was enabled.
AutoMergeRequestMergeMethod	String			The merge method of the auto-merge request. If a merge queue is required by the base branch, this value will be set by the merge queue when merging.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Did the viewer author this comment.
IsReadByViewer	Bool			Is this pull request read by the viewer.
ViewerSubscription	String			Identifies if the viewer is watching, not watching, or ignoring the subscribable entity.
ViewerCanLabel	Bool			Indicates if the viewer can edit labels for this object.
ViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates if the object can be closed by the viewer.
ViewerCanReact	Bool			Can user react to this subject.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates if the object can be reopened by the viewer.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Check if the viewer is able to change their subscription status for the repository.
ViewerCanApplySuggestion	Bool			Whether or not the viewer can apply suggestion.
ViewerCanEditFiles	Bool			Can the viewer edit files within this pull request.
ViewerCanDeleteHeadRef	Bool			Check if the viewer can restore the deleted head ref.
ViewerCanDisableAutoMerge	Bool			Whether or not the viewer can disable auto-merge.
ViewerCanEnableAutoMerge	Bool			Whether or not the viewer can enable auto-merge.
ViewerCanMergeAsAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can bypass branch protections and merge the pull request immediately.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Check if the current viewer can update this object.
ViewerCanUpdateBranch	Bool			Whether or not the viewer can update the head ref of this PR, by merging or rebasing the base ref. If the head ref is up to date or unable to be updated by this user, this will return false.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			Reasons why the current viewer can not update this comment.
ViewerLatestReviewRequestId	String			The ID of the viewer's latest review request.
ViewerLatestReviewId	String			The ID of the viewer's latest review.
IsMergeQueueEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request's base ref has a merge queue enabled.
IsInMergeQueue	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is in a merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryId	String			The ID of this entry in the queue.
MergeQueueEntryJump	Bool			Whether this pull request should jump the queue.
MergeQueueEntryPosition	Int			The position of this entry in the queue.
MergeQueueEntrySolo	Bool			Does this pull request need to be deployed on its own.
MergeQueueEntryState	String			The state of this entry in the queue.
MergeQueueEntryEnqueuedAt	Datetime			The date and time this entry was added to the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			The estimated time in seconds until this entry will be merged.
MergeQueueEntryBaseCommitId	String			The ID of the base commit in the queue entry.
MergeQueueEntryHeadCommitId	String			The ID of the head commit in the queue entry.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueId	String			The ID of the entry's queue.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueUrl	String			The HTTP URL for this merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueNextEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			The estimated time in seconds until a newly added entry would be merged.
StatusCheckRollupId	String			The Node ID of the StatusCheckRollup object.
StatusCheckRollupCommitId	String			The commit the status and check runs are attached to.
StatusCheckRollupState	String			The combined status for the commit.
RepositoryId	String			The ID of the repository.
RepositoryName	String			The name of the repository.
OwnerLogin	String			The login field of a user or organization.

SecurityAdvisories

Lists GitHub Security Advisories.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Id supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
GhsaId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Classification supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
EpssPercentage supports the '=' comparison operator.
EpssPercentile supports the '=' comparison operator.
PublishedAt supports the '>' comparison operator.
UpdatedAt supports the '>' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories]
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [Id] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [GhsaId] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [Classification] = 'GENERAL'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [EpssPercentage] = 123
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [EpssPercentile] = 123
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [PublishedAt] > '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] WHERE [UpdatedAt] > '2023-01-01 11:10:00'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

EpssPercentage
EpssPercentile
PublishedAt
UpdatedAt

SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] ORDER BY [EpssPercentage]
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] ORDER BY [EpssPercentile]
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] ORDER BY [PublishedAt]
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisories] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The Node ID of the SecurityAdvisory object.
DatabaseId	Int			Identifies the primary key from the database.
GhsaId	String			The GitHub Security Advisory ID.
Summary	String			A short plaintext summary of the advisory.
Description	String			A long-form Markdown-supported description of the advisory.
Origin	String			The organization that originated the advisory.
Classification	String			The classification of the advisory.
Identifiers	String			A list of identifiers for this advisory.
References	String			A list of references for this advisory.
Permalink	String			The permalink for the advisory.
NotificationsPermalink	String			The permalink for the advisory's dependabot alerts.
Severity	String			The severity of the advisory.
EpssPercentage	Double			The EPSS percentage represents the likelihood of a CVE being exploited.
EpssPercentile	Double			The EPSS percentile represents the relative rank of the CVE's likelihood of being exploited compared to other CVEs.
CvssV3Score	Double			The CVSS score associated with this advisory.
CvssV3VectorString	String			The CVSS vector string associated with this advisory.
CvssV4Score	Double			The CVSS score associated with this advisory.
CvssV4VectorString	String			The CVSS vector string associated with this advisory.
PublishedAt	Datetime			When the advisory was published.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			When the advisory was last updated.
WithdrawnAt	Datetime			When the advisory was withdrawn, if it has been withdrawn.

SecurityAdvisoryCommonWeaknessEnumerations

Lists Common Weakness Enumerations (CWEs) associated with GitHub Security Advisories.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

AdvisoryId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisoryCommonWeaknessEnumerations]
SELECT * FROM [SecurityAdvisoryCommonWeaknessEnumerations] WHERE [AdvisoryId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The Node ID of the CWE object.
AdvisoryId [KEY]	String			The Node ID of the SecurityAdvisory object to filter CWEs by.
CweId	String			The CWE identifier (e.g., CWE-79, CWE-89).
Name	String			The name of this CWE.
Description	String			A detailed description of this CWE.

SecurityVulnerabilities

Lists software vulnerabilities documented by GitHub Security Advisories.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

PackageName supports the '=' comparison operator.
PackageEcosystem supports the '=' comparison operator.
Severity supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
GhsaId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
AdvisoryId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
AdvisoryClassification supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities]
SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] WHERE [PackageName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] WHERE [PackageEcosystem] = 'ACTIONS'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] WHERE [Severity] = 'LOW'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] WHERE [GhsaId] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] WHERE [AdvisoryId] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] WHERE [AdvisoryClassification] = 'GENERAL'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column: UpdatedAt

SELECT * FROM [SecurityVulnerabilities] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PackageName	String			The package name.
PackageEcosystem	String			The ecosystem the package belongs to (e.g., RUBYGEMS, NPM, MAVEN, PIP, NUGET, etc.).
Severity	String			The severity of the vulnerability within this package.
VulnerableVersionRange	String			A string that describes the vulnerable package versions. Follows syntax like: '= 0.2.0', '<= 1.0.8', '>= 4.3.0,< 4.3.5'.
FirstPatchedVersionIdentifier	String			The first version containing a fix for the vulnerability.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			When the vulnerability was last updated.
GhsaId	String			The GitHub Security Advisory ID.
AdvisoryId	String			The Node ID of the SecurityAdvisory object associated with this vulnerability.
AdvisoryClassification	String			The classification of the advisory.

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the Sync App beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with GitHub.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from GitHub, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Stored Procedures


Name	Description
CloneTemplateRepository	Duplicates the files and structure of a template repository to create a new repository, streamlining the setup process for consistent project creation.
DeleteRepository	Delete a repository from GitHub.
GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser	Fetches comprehensive details about the currently authenticated GitHub user, including username and account preferences.
MergePullRequest	Automates the merging of an open pull request into the target branch, integrating proposed changes into the main codebase.

CloneTemplateRepository

Duplicates the files and structure of a template repository to create a new repository, streamlining the setup process for consistent project creation.

Input


Name	Type	Description
RepositoryId	String	The unique node ID of the template repository from which the new repository is cloned.
OwnerId	String	The unique ID of the user or organization that owns the newly created repository.
Name	String	The name for the new repository being created. It must be unique within the owner's account.
Description	String	A brief, user-defined summary or explanation about the purpose of the new repository.
Visibility	String	Defines the access level of the new repository: 'public', 'private', or 'internal' (internal is for organizations only). The allowed values are PRIVATE, PUBLIC, INTERNAL.
IncludeAllBranches	Boolean	Specifies if all branches of the template repository should be cloned to the new repository. Defaults to 'false', which clones only the default branch.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates if the repository cloning process completed successfully. Returns a Boolean value.
Details	String	Provides additional information or context about the cloning operation, including error messages if applicable.
RepositoryId	String	The unique node ID assigned to the newly created repository.

DeleteRepository

Delete a repository from GitHub.

Sample

The 'Repository' parameter is required.

EXECUTE [Information].[DeleteRepository] Repository='myRepository', OwnerLogin='test'

Input


Name	Type	Description
OwnerLogin	String	The account owner of the repository. The name is not case sensitive.
Repository	String	The name of the repository without the .git extension. The name is not case sensitive.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

DownloadFile

Facilitates downloading specific files from a GitHub repository for offline access or local reference.

Sample

The 'Path' parameter is required, and must be relative to the repository root without a preceding '/'.

EXECUTE [Information].[DownloadFile] LocalPath='/tmp/file.txt', Repository='myRepository', Branch='main', Path='ReadMe.md'

Provide a value for OwnerLogin to download files form repositories of other owners.

EXECUTE [Information].[DownloadFile] LocalPath='C:/Users/CData/Desktop/file.txt', OwnerLogin='cdata' Repository='publicRepository', Branch='main', Path='src/Main.java'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Path	String	The relative path of the file within the repository, starting from the repository root.
Repository	String	The name of the repository from which the file is downloaded.
OwnerLogin	String	The username or organization name that owns the repository containing the file.
Branch	String	The branch of the repository to download the file from. Defaults to 'main' if not specified. The default value is main.
LocalPath	String	The absolute file path on the local system where the downloaded file is saved. This is optional if using OutputStream.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether the file download operation completed successfully. Returns a Boolean value.
Details	String	Provides additional information about the operation's execution, including error messages if the operation failed.
FileData	String	Outputs the file's content as a BASE64-encoded string if both LocalPath and OutputStream are not specified.

GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser

Fetches comprehensive details about the currently authenticated GitHub user, including username and account preferences.

Sample

EXECUTE [Information].[GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser]

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Id	String	The unique identifier (node ID) of the authenticated user.
Login	String	The username of the authenticated user, used for login and identification.
Bio	String	The public profile bio of the authenticated user, providing a brief personal or professional description.
BioHTML	String	The HTML-formatted version of the user's public profile bio, suitable for display purposes.
AvatarUrl	String	The URL pointing to the user's public avatar image.
Name	String	The public profile name of the authenticated user, as displayed on their GitHub profile.
Company	String	The user's publicly listed company or organization affiliation.
CompanyHTML	String	The HTML-formatted version of the user's company information, suitable for display purposes.
CreatedAt	Datetime	The date and time when the user's account was created, in ISO 8601 format.
Email	String	The publicly visible email address of the user, if available.
IsBountyHunter	Bool	Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Developer Program.
IsEmployee	Bool	Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool	Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a GitHub site administrator with elevated permissions.
IsViewer	Bool	Indicates whether the authenticated user is the one currently viewing this information.
Location	String	The geographic location specified in the user's public profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Integer	The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
ProjectsUrl	String	The HTTP URL that lists the user's projects on GitHub.
ResourcePath	String	The relative HTTP path to the authenticated user's profile.
TwitterUsername	String	The Twitter handle associated with the user's public profile, if provided.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	The date and time when the user's profile was last updated, in ISO 8601 format.
URL	String	The absolute HTTP URL to the user's profile on GitHub.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer can pin repositories and gists to the user's profile.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects for this user.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to follow the user.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer is following this user.
WebsiteUrl	String	A URL pointing to the user's public website or blog, if provided.

GetOAuthAccessToken

Fetches the OAuth Access Token, which is used to authenticate and authorize API calls made to GitHub.

Input


Name	Type	Description
AuthMode	String	Specifies the authentication mode to use for obtaining the OAuth access token. Allowed values are 'APP' for app-based authentication and 'WEB' for web-based authentication.
Verifier	String	The verifier token provided by GitHub after completing the authorization process using the URL obtained with GetOAuthAuthorizationURL. Required only when 'AuthMode' is set to 'WEB'.
Scope	String	A comma-separated list of scopes defining the permissions being requested by the application (for example, 'repo', 'user').
CallbackUrl	String	The URL to which the user is redirected after authorizing your application. It should match the callback URL registered with the GitHub app.
State	String	A user-defined value passed to GitHub and returned in the response, used for maintaining application state or for security purposes (for example, CSRF protection or nonces).

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
OAuthAccessToken	String	The OAuth Access Token issued by GitHub, used for authenticating API requests.
OAuthRefreshToken	String	An OAuth Refresh Token provided by GitHub, used to obtain a new access token without requiring user reauthorization.
ExpiresIn	String	The duration in seconds for which the access token is valid before expiration.

GetOAuthAuthorizationURL

Retrieves the OAuth Authorization URL, allowing the client to direct the user's browser to the authorization server and initiate the OAuth process.

Input


Name	Type	Description
CallbackUrl	String	The URL to which GitHub redirects the user after they authorize your application. It must match the callback URL registered with your GitHub app.
Scope	String	A comma-separated list of scopes that specify the permissions your application is requesting from the user (for example, 'repo', 'user').
State	String	A user-defined value sent to GitHub and returned in the response to maintain application state or ensure security (for example, for CSRF protection or redirecting the user to a specific resource).

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
URL	String	The generated URL that the user must visit in their web browser to authorize your application and obtain a verifier token.

MergePullRequest

Automates the merging of an open pull request into the target branch, integrating proposed changes into the main codebase.

Input


Name	Type	Description
PullRequestId	String	Specifies the unique identifier (ID) for the pull request that is being merged. This is a required parameter to identify the specific pull request to operate on.
CommitHeadline	String	Specifies the title for the merge commit message. If this is not provided, a default commit message is generated automatically to describe the merge action.
CommitBody	String	Specifies the detailed description for the merge commit message. If this is not supplied, a default description is created to summarize the merge process.
ExpectedHeadOid	String	Represents the expected commit object ID (OID) of the pull request's head branch. The merge operation proceeds only if the OID matches the current state. If this is left empty, no validation is performed, and the merge proceeds regardless of the branch state.
MergeMethod	String	Defines the merging strategy to use when combining the pull request's changes into the target branch. Options include 'MERGE', 'SQUASH', or 'REBASE'. If this is not specified, the default method used is 'MERGE'. The allowed values are MERGE, SQUASH, REBASE.
AuthorEmail	String	Specifies the email address to associate with the merge commit's author. This field helps track who is responsible for the merge in the commit history.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether the merge was successful. A 'true' value signifies the merge was completed without issues, while a 'false' value means an error occurred during the merge process.
Details	String	Provides additional details or error messages related to the merge operation. This can include any warnings or specific issues encountered during the merge attempt.
PullRequestId	String	Represents the unique identifier of the pull request that was successfully merged. This ensures you can track which pull request was processed in the merge operation.

RefreshOAuthAccessToken

Refreshes an expired OAuth Access token to maintain continuous authenticated access to GitHub resources without requiring reauthorization from the user.

Input


Name	Type	Description
OAuthRefreshToken	String	The OAuth Refresh Token received with the original access token, used to request a new access token.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
OAuthAccessToken	String	The refreshed OAuth Access Token to be included in requests for access to protected resources.
OAuthRefreshToken	String	The new OAuth Refresh Token to be used for future token refresh requests.
ExpiresIn	String	The duration in seconds before the new access token expires. Defaults to 1440 seconds (24 minutes).

UploadFile

Enables users to upload files directly to a specified GitHub repository for collaborative purposes.

Sample

The 'Path' parameter is required, and must be relative to the repository root without a preceding '/'.

EXECUTE  [Information].[UploadFile] Repository = 'HelloGit', Path = 'testFileUploadFromProcedure.txt', LocalPath = 'C:/Users/CData/Desktop/project/file.txt', CommitMessage = 'test'

EXECUTE  [Information].[UploadFile] Repository = 'HelloGit', Path = 'src/Main.java', FileData = 'aGVsbG8gd29ybGQh', CommitMessage = 'test', Branch = 'master', CommitterName = 'CData', CommitterEmail = '[email protected]', AuthorName = 'CDataSupport', AuthorEmail = '[email protected]'

Set SHA to replace an existing file.

EXECUTE  [UploadFile] Repository = 'HelloGit', Path = 'src/Main.java', FileData = 'aGVsbG8gd29ybGQh', CommitMessage = 'test', SHA = 'bc7774a7b18deb1d7bd0212d34246a9b1260ae17'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Path	String	The file path relative to the repository root where the file will be uploaded.
Repository	String	The name of the repository where the file will be uploaded.
OwnerLogin	String	The login (username) of the owner of the repository.
Branch	String	The branch to which the file will be uploaded. Defaults to 'main' if not specified. The default value is main.
CommitMessage	String	The commit message describing the changes made by the file upload.
SHA	String	The hash of the file, used to update existing files. Required if the file already exists.
CommitterName	String	The name of the person committing the file. Defaults to the authenticated user if not specified.
CommitterEmail	String	The email of the person committing the file. Defaults to the authenticated user if not specified.
AuthorName	String	The name of the author of the file upload. Defaults to the committer or the authenticated user if not specified.
AuthorEmail	String	The email of the author of the file upload. Defaults to the committer or the authenticated user if not specified.
LocalPath	String	The absolute file path on the local system from which the file data is read.
FileData	String	A Base64-encoded string representation of the file content. Used if both LocalPath and InputStream are not provided.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether the file upload operation was successful.
Details	String	Additional details about the execution of the file upload operation.
CommitSHA	String	The unique hash of the commit created by the file upload.
FileSHA	String	The unique hash of the uploaded file node.

Gist Data Model

In the Gist Data Model, the Sync App models gists associated with the authenticated account—including their files, comments, forks, and commits—as an easy-to-use SQL database. Live connectivity to these objects means that any changes to your GitHub account are immediately reflected in the Sync App. Note that retrieving gists is not supported for Enterprise Managed Users.

Tables

The following Tables are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
Comments	Lists comments on gists.
Files	Lists up to three hundred files for each gist at their most recent revisions, including up to one megabyte of content per file.
Gists	Lists gists at their most recent revisions.
Parents	Lists parent gist information for forked gists.

Views

The following Views are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
CommentEdits	Lists edit history for gist comments.
CommitFiles	Lists up to three hundred files for each gist at every revision, including up to one megabyte of content per file.
Commits	Lists the commit history of gists.
Forks	Lists gist forks.
Stargazers	Lists information about the users who have starred gists.
Starred	Lists starred gists for the authenticated user.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including getting the currently authenticated user or retrieving and refreshing OAuth access tokens.

The following procedures are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
IsGistStarred	Checks if a gist is starred by the authenticated user.
StarGist	Stars a gist for the authenticated user.
UnstarGist	Unstar a gist for the authenticated user.

Tables

The Sync App models the data in GitHub as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Tables


Name	Description
Comments	Lists comments on gists.
Files	Lists up to three hundred files for each gist at their most recent revisions, including up to one megabyte of content per file.
Gists	Lists gists at their most recent revisions.
Parents	Lists parent gist information for forked gists.

Comments

Lists comments on gists.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

GistId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Id supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Comments]
SELECT * FROM [Comments] WHERE [GistId] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Comments] WHERE [Id] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

GistName
Body

INSERT INTO [Comments] ([GistName], [Body]) VALUES ('d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8', 'Forked.')

Update

Note: You can only update comments that you authored.

You can use the following column to update a record:

Body

UPDATE [Comments] SET [Body] = 'Changed' WHERE ([GistName] = 'd7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8') AND ([DatabaseId] = '5797577')

Delete

Note: You can only delete comments that you authored.

You can specify the following columns to delete a record:

GistName
DatabaseId

DELETE FROM [Comments] WHERE ([GistName] = 'd7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8') AND ([DatabaseId] = '5797583')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
GistId	String	True		The node ID of the gist.
GistName	String	False	Gists.Name	The gist identifier.
Id [KEY]	String	True		The Node ID of the GistComment object.
DatabaseId	Int	True		Identifies the primary key from the database.
Body	String	False		The comment body.
BodyText	String	True		The comment body rendered to text.
BodyHTML	String	True		The comment body rendered to HTML.
Author	String	True		The username of the actor who authored the comment.
AuthorAssociation	String	True		Author's association with the gist.
Editor	String	True		The username of the actor who edited the comment.
IsMinimized	Bool	True		Returns whether or not a comment has been minimized.
MinimizedReason	String	True		Returns why the comment was minimized.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool	True		Check if this comment was created via an email reply.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool	True		Check if this comment was edited and includes an edit with the creation data.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
PublishedAt	Datetime	True		Identifies when the comment was published at.
LastEditedAt	Datetime	True		The moment the editor made the last edit.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool	True		Did the viewer author this comment.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool	True		Check if the current viewer can delete this object.
ViewerCanMinimize	Bool	True		Check if the current viewer can minimize this object.
ViewerCanUnminimize	Bool	True		Check if the current viewer can unminimize this object.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool	True		Check if the current viewer can update this object.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String	True		Reasons why the current viewer can not update this comment.
OwnerLogin	String	True		The username of the gist owner.

Files

Lists up to three hundred files for each gist at their most recent revisions, including up to one megabyte of content per file.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

GistName supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Files]
SELECT * FROM [Files] WHERE [GistName] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Upsert

You can use the following columns to upsert a record:

GistName
Name
Content

UPSERT INTO [Files] ([GistName], [Name], [Content]) VALUES ('d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8', 'Test.txt', 'Text')

Update

You can use the following column to update a record:

Name

UPDATE [Files] SET [Name] = 'Changed.txt' WHERE ([Name] = 'Test.txt') AND ([GistName] = 'd7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8')

Delete

You can specify the following columns to delete a record:

GistName
Name

DELETE FROM [Files] WHERE ([Name] = 'Test.txt') AND ([GistName] = 'd7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
GistName [KEY]	String	False	Gists.Name	The gist identifier.
Name [KEY]	String	False		The file name.
Size	Int	True		The file size in bytes.
Type	String	True		The type of the file.
Language	String	True		The programming language of the file.
Encoding	String	True		The character encoding of the file.
Truncated	Bool	True		Indicates whether the file content has been truncated. If truncated, only up to one megabyte of content is returned.
Content	String	False		The file content.
RawUrl	String	True		The raw content URL of the file.
OwnerLogin	String	True		The username of the gist owner.

Gists

Lists gists at their most recent revisions.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Name supports the '=' comparison operator.
UpdatedAt supports the '>=,>' comparison operators.
OwnerLogin supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Gists]
SELECT * FROM [Gists] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Gists] WHERE [UpdatedAt] >= '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [Gists] WHERE [OwnerLogin] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Public
Description

You can use the following pseudo-column to create a new record: Files (references Files)

INSERT INTO [Gists] ([Description], [Public], [Files]) VALUES ('Test description.', false, '[{"Name":"A.txt","Content":"TextA"},{"Name":"B.txt","Content":"TextB"}]')

INSERT INTO [Files#TEMP] ([Name],[Content]) VALUES ('A.txt','TextA')
INSERT INTO [Files#TEMP] ([Name],[Content]) VALUES ('B.txt','TextB')
INSERT INTO [Gists] ([Description], [Public], [Files]) VALUES ('Test description.', false, 'Files#TEMP')

Files Temporary Table Columns


Column Name	Type	Description
Name	String	The file name.
Content	String	The file content.

Update

You can use the following column to update a record:

Description

UPDATE [Gists] SET [Description] = 'Text' WHERE [Name] = 'd7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Name

DELETE FROM [Gists] WHERE [Name] = 'd7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id	String	True		The node ID of the gist.
Name [KEY]	String	True		The gist identifier.
Public	Bool	False		Indicates whether the gist is public.
Description	String	False		The gist description.
Url	String	True		The API URL of the gist.
HtmlUrl	String	True		The HTML URL of the gist.
GitPullUrl	String	True		The git pull URL of the gist.
GitPushUrl	String	True		The git push URL of the gist.
CommitsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist commits.
ForksUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist forks.
CommentsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist comments.
CommentsEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether comments are enabled for the gist.
Comments	Int	True		The number of comments on the gist.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the gist was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the gist was last updated.
OwnerLogin	String	True		The username of the gist owner.
OwnerId	Int	True		The ID of the gist owner.
OwnerNodeId	String	True		The node ID of the gist owner.
OwnerAvatarUrl	String	True		The avatar URL of the gist owner.
OwnerGravatarId	String	True		The Gravatar ID of the gist owner.
OwnerUrl	String	True		The API URL of the gist owner.
OwnerHtmlUrl	String	True		The HTML URL of the gist owner.
OwnerFollowersUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's followers.
OwnerFollowingUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's following.
OwnerGistsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's gists.
OwnerStarredUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's starred repositories.
OwnerSubscriptionsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's subscriptions.
OwnerOrganizationsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's organizations.
OwnerReposUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's repositories.
OwnerEventsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's events.
OwnerReceivedEventsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the gist owner's received events.
OwnerType	String	True		The type of the gist owner.
OwnerSiteAdmin	Bool	True		Indicates whether the gist owner is a site administrator.
OwnerUserViewType	String	True		The user view type of the gist owner.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
Files	String	Set to an aggregate of the names and content of the files to create a gist.

Parents

Lists parent gist information for forked gists.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

GistName supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Parents]
SELECT * FROM [Parents] WHERE [GistName] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following column to create (insert) a new record: Name

INSERT INTO [Parents] ([Name]) VALUES ('d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8')

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
GistName [KEY]	String	True	Gists.Name	The identifier of the child gist.
Id	String	True		The node ID of the parent gist.
Name	String	False		The identifier of the parent gist.
Public	Bool	True		Indicates whether the parent gist is public.
Description	String	True		The parent gist description.
Url	String	True		The API URL of the parent gist.
HtmlUrl	String	True		The HTML URL of the parent gist.
GitPullUrl	String	True		The git pull URL of the parent gist.
GitPushUrl	String	True		The git push URL of the parent gist.
CommitsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist's commits.
ForksUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist's forks.
CommentsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist's comments.
CommentsEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether comments are enabled for the parent gist.
Comments	Int	True		The number of comments on the parent gist.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the parent gist was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the parent gist was last updated.
UserLogin	String	True		The username of the parent gist owner.
UserId	Int	True		The ID of the parent gist owner.
UserNodeId	String	True		The node ID of the parent gist owner.
UserAvatarUrl	String	True		The avatar URL of the parent gist owner.
UserGravatarId	String	True		The Gravatar ID of the parent gist owner.
UserUrl	String	True		The API URL of the parent gist owner.
UserHtmlUrl	String	True		The HTML URL of the parent gist owner.
UserFollowersUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's followers.
UserFollowingUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's following.
UserGistsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's gists.
UserStarredUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's starred repositories.
UserSubscriptionsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's subscriptions.
UserOrganizationsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's organizations.
UserReposUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's repositories.
UserEventsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's events.
UserReceivedEventsUrl	String	True		The API URL for the parent gist owner's received events.
UserType	String	True		The type of the parent gist owner.
UserSiteAdmin	Bool	True		Indicates whether the parent gist owner is a site administrator.
UserViewType	String	True		The user view type of the parent gist owner.
OwnerLogin	String	True		The username of the child gist owner.

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Views


Name	Description
CommentEdits	Lists edit history for gist comments.
CommitFiles	Lists up to three hundred files for each gist at every revision, including up to one megabyte of content per file.
Commits	Lists the commit history of gists.
Forks	Lists gist forks.
Stargazers	Lists information about the users who have starred gists.
Starred	Lists starred gists for the authenticated user.

CommentEdits

Lists edit history for gist comments.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

CommentId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CommentEdits]
SELECT * FROM [CommentEdits] WHERE [CommentId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
GistId	String			The node ID of the gist.
GistName	String	Gists.Name		The gist identifier.
CommentId	String	Comments.Id		The Node ID of the comment.
Id [KEY]	String			The Node ID of the UserContentEdit object.
Diff	String			A summary of the changes for this edit.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
EditedAt	Datetime			When this content was edited.
DeletedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was deleted.
Editor	String			The username of the actor who edited this content.
DeletedBy	String			The username of the actor who deleted this content.
OwnerLogin	String			The username of the gist owner.

CommitFiles

Lists up to three hundred files for each gist at every revision, including up to one megabyte of content per file.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

GistName supports the '=' comparison operator.
GistSha supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CommitFiles]
SELECT * FROM [CommitFiles] WHERE [GistName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CommitFiles] WHERE [GistSha] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
GistName [KEY]	String	Gists.Name		The gist identifier.
GistSha [KEY]	String	Commits.Sha		The SHA of the gist revision.
Name [KEY]	String			The file name.
Size	Int			The file size in bytes.
Type	String			The type of the file.
Language	String			The programming language of the file.
Encoding	String			The character encoding of the file.
Truncated	Bool			Indicates whether the file content has been truncated. If truncated, only up to one megabyte of content is returned.
Content	String			The file content.
RawUrl	String			The raw content URL of the file.
UserLogin	String			The username of the user who created the revision.
OwnerLogin	String			The username of the gist owner.

Commits

Lists the commit history of gists.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

GistName supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Commits]
SELECT * FROM [Commits] WHERE [GistName] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
GistName [KEY]	String	Gists.Name		The gist identifier.
Sha [KEY]	String			The SHA of the gist revision.
Url	String			The API URL of the gist revision.
CommittedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the revision was committed.
ChangeStatusTotal	Int			The total number of changes in the revision.
ChangeStatusAdditions	Int			The number of additions in the revision.
ChangeStatusDeletions	Int			The number of deletions in the revision.
UserLogin	String			The username of the user who created the revision.
UserId	Int			The ID of the user who created the revision.
UserNodeId	String			The node ID of the user who created the revision.
UserAvatarUrl	String			The avatar URL of the user who created the revision.
UserGravatarId	String			The Gravatar ID of the user who created the revision.
UserUrl	String			The API URL of the user who created the revision.
UserHtmlUrl	String			The HTML URL of the user who created the revision.
UserFollowersUrl	String			The API URL for the followers of the user who created the revision.
UserFollowingUrl	String			The API URL for the following of the user who created the revision.
UserGistsUrl	String			The API URL for the gists of the user who created the revision.
UserStarredUrl	String			The API URL for the starred repositories of the user who created the revision.
UserSubscriptionsUrl	String			The API URL for the subscriptions of the user who created the revision.
UserOrganizationsUrl	String			The API URL for the organizations of the user who created the revision.
UserReposUrl	String			The API URL for the repositories of the user who created the revision.
UserEventsUrl	String			The API URL for the events of the user who created the revision.
UserReceivedEventsUrl	String			The API URL for the received events of the user who created the revision.
UserType	String			The type of the user who created the revision.
UserSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user who created the revision is a site administrator.
UserViewType	String			The user view type of the user who created the revision.
OwnerLogin	String			The username of the gist owner.

Forks

Lists gist forks.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operator:

GistName supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Forks]
SELECT * FROM [Forks] WHERE [GistName] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
GistName	String	Gists.Name		The identifier of the gist that was forked.
Id	String			The node ID of the fork.
Name [KEY]	String			The identifier of the fork.
Public	Bool			Indicates whether the fork is public.
Description	String			The fork description.
Url	String			The API URL of the fork.
HtmlUrl	String			The HTML URL of the fork.
GitPullUrl	String			The git pull URL of the fork.
GitPushUrl	String			The git push URL of the fork.
CommitsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork's commits.
ForksUrl	String			The API URL for the fork's forks.
CommentsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork's comments.
CommentsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether comments are enabled for the fork.
Comments	Int			The number of comments on the fork.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the fork was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the fork was last updated.
UserLogin	String			The username of the fork owner.
UserId	Int			The ID of the fork owner.
UserNodeId	String			The node ID of the fork owner.
UserAvatarUrl	String			The avatar URL of the fork owner.
UserGravatarId	String			The Gravatar ID of the fork owner.
UserUrl	String			The API URL of the fork owner.
UserHtmlUrl	String			The HTML URL of the fork owner.
UserFollowersUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's followers.
UserFollowingUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's following.
UserGistsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's gists.
UserStarredUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's starred repositories.
UserSubscriptionsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's subscriptions.
UserOrganizationsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's organizations.
UserReposUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's repositories.
UserEventsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's events.
UserReceivedEventsUrl	String			The API URL for the fork owner's received events.
UserType	String			The type of the fork owner.
UserSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the fork owner is a site administrator.
UserViewType	String			The user view type of the fork owner.
OwnerLogin	String			The username of the original gist owner.

Stargazers

Lists information about the users who have starred gists.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

GistId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Stargazers]
SELECT * FROM [Stargazers] WHERE [GistId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The ID of the user.
DatabaseId	Int			Identifies the primary key from the database.
Login	String			The username used to login.
Name	String			The user's public profile name.
Email	String			The user's publicly visible profile email.
TwitterUsername	String			The user's Twitter username.
Pronouns	String			The user's profile pronouns.
Bio	String			The user's public profile bio.
BioHTML	String			The user's public profile bio as HTML.
Company	String			The user's public profile company.
CompanyHTML	String			The user's public profile company as HTML.
Location	String			The user's public profile location.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Determine if this repository owner has any items that can be pinned to their profile. Arguments type (PinnableItemType) Filter to only a particular kind of pinnable item.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			Returns how many more items this profile owner can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Whether or not the owner has pinned any repositories or gists.
IsEmployee	Bool			Whether or not this user is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool			Whether or not the user has marked themselves as for hire.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Whether or not this user is a participant in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Whether or not this user is a participant in the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Whether or not this user is following the viewer. Inverse of viewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Whether or not this user is a site administrator.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Whether or not this user is a GitHub Developer Program member.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Whether or not this user is a member of the GitHub Stars Program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			True if the viewer is sponsored by this user/organization.
IsViewer	Bool			Whether or not this user is the viewing user.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Whether or not the viewer is able to follow the user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Whether or not the viewer is able to sponsor this user/organization.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Whether or not this user is followed by the viewer.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			True if the viewer is sponsoring this user/organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Can the current viewer create new projects on this owner.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Can the viewer pin repositories and gists to the profile?.
StatusId	String			The emoji's id.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji summarizing the user's status.
StatusMessage	String			A brief message describing what the user is doing.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Whether this status indicates the user is not fully available on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The status emoji as HTML.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			If set, the status will not be shown after this date.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The organization's id.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The organization's login name.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The current limit that is enabled on this object.
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The origin of the currently active interaction limit.
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The time the currently active limit expires.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			True if this user/organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly GitHub Sponsors income for this user/organization in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated next GitHub Sponsors payout for this user/organization in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The listing's id.
SponsorsListingName	String			The listing's full name.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The amount in US cents that this entity has spent on GitHub to fund sponsorships. Only returns a value when viewed by the user themselves or by a user who can manage sponsorships for the requested organization.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this user.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The HTTP path listing user's projects.
Url	String			The HTTP URL for this user.
ProjectsUrl	String			The HTTP URL listing user's projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public website/blog.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public avatar. Arguments size (Int) The size of the resulting square image.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			Copilot API endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			Copilot origin tracker endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			Copilot proxy endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			Copilot telemetry endpoint.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
RepositoryCount	Int			The number of repositories that a user owns.
FollowerCount	Int			The number of followers that a user has.
GistId	String			The node ID of the gist.
GistName [KEY]	String	Gists.Name		The gist identifier.
OwnerLogin	String			The username of the gist owner.

Starred

Lists starred gists for the authenticated user.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Name supports the '=' comparison operator.
UpdatedAt supports the '>=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Starred]
SELECT * FROM [Starred] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Starred] WHERE [UpdatedAt] >= '2023-01-01 11:10:00'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id	String			The node ID of the gist.
Name [KEY]	String			The gist identifier.
Public	Bool			Indicates whether the gist is public.
Description	String			The gist description.
Url	String			The API URL of the gist.
HtmlUrl	String			The HTML URL of the gist.
GitPullUrl	String			The git pull URL of the gist.
GitPushUrl	String			The git push URL of the gist.
CommitsUrl	String			The API URL for the gist's commits.
ForksUrl	String			The API URL for the gist's forks.
CommentsUrl	String			The API URL for the gist's comments.
CommentsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether comments are enabled for the gist.
Comments	Int			The number of comments on the gist.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the gist was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the gist was last updated.
OwnerLogin	String			The username of the gist owner.

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the Sync App beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with GitHub.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from GitHub, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Stored Procedures


Name	Description
IsGistStarred	Checks if a gist is starred by the authenticated user.
StarGist	Stars a gist for the authenticated user.
UnstarGist	Unstar a gist for the authenticated user.

DownloadFile

Download a file from a gist.

Sample

EXECUTE [Gist].[DownloadFile] GistName='d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8', Name='file.txt'
EXECUTE [Gist].[DownloadFile] GistName='d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8', Name='file.txt', Sha='e4b93ac9d12f48f0b7c2fa45a1e5d8c6394fd3ab'

Input


Name	Type	Description
GistName	String	The identifier of the fork.
Name	String	The name of the file.
Sha	String	The file version.
OwnerLogin	String	The owner of the gist.
LocalPath	String	The absolute path where the file will be saved.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.
FileData	String	If the LocalPath and FileStream inputs are empty, file data will be output as BASE64.

IsGistStarred

Checks if a gist is starred by the authenticated user.

Sample

EXECUTE [Gist].[IsGistStarred] Name='d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Name	String	The gist identifier.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

StarGist

Stars a gist for the authenticated user.

Sample

EXECUTE [Gist].[StarGist] Name='d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Name	String	The gist identifier.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

UnstarGist

Unstar a gist for the authenticated user.

Sample

EXECUTE [Gist].[UnstarGist] Name='d7e43b9c1a285c14f62af9803e1d47c8'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Name	String	The gist identifier.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

Repository Data Model

In the Repository Data Model, the Sync App models each repository associated with the authenticated account as a schema. Live connectivity to these objects means that any changes to your GitHub account are immediately reflected in the Sync App.

Tables

The following Tables are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
Branches	Contains detailed information about branches in a repository, including branch names and their relationships with other branches for version control.
CodeScanningAlerts	Lists code scanning alerts for the repository.
Commits	Contains metadata for commits in a repository, including author information, timestamps, and commit messages for version tracking.
CustomProperties	Gets all custom property values that are set for the repository.
Environments	Lists deployment environments configured for a repository, including environment names, statuses, and related configuration data.
Invitations	List and manage invitations to collaborate on the repository.
IssueComments	Logs comments added to issues, capturing discussions, updates, and resolutions for tracking purposes.
Issues	Stores comprehensive details about issues in a repository, including labels, assignees, priorities, and statuses.
Labels	Maintains a catalog of labels available in a repository, enabling effective categorization and filtering of issues and pull requests.
PullRequestReviewRequests	Tracks requests for reviews on pull requests, including information about requested reviewers and their response statuses.
PullRequests	Contains metadata about pull requests in a repository, such as their titles, descriptions, current statuses, and authors, to manage proposed changes effectively.
Releases	Tracks versioned releases in a repository, detailing associated tags, descriptions, and links to attached assets.
SecretScanningAlerts	Lists secret scanning alerts for the repository.
VulnerabilityAlerts	Lists Dependabot vulnerability alerts for the repository.

Views

The following Views are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
AssignableUsers	Identifies users who are eligible to be assigned to repository issues, based on their roles and permissions.
CodeScanningAlertInstances	Lists all code locations where a specific code scanning alert occurs.
CodeScanningAnalyses	Lists code scanning analyses for the repository.
Collaborators	Lists collaborators in a repository, including their roles, permissions, and contributions to the project.
CommitComments	Tracks comments made on specific commits, providing insights into discussions and feedback related to code changes.
CommitCompare	Stores a detailed list of commits generated from a comparison of two references, such as branches or tags.
CommitCompareFiles	Tracks files modified during a comparison between two references, providing details on up to 300 changed files for review.
CommitFiles	Details files modified in specific commits, including filenames, change types (for example, added, deleted, modified), and related metadata.
Forks	Provides metadata about forks created from a repository, including fork ownership and purpose, to support collaboration and innovation.
IssueAssignedActors	Lists information about the assigned actors to the repository's issues.
IssueAssignees	Tracks users assigned to issues within a repository, detailing responsibilities and roles for task ownership.
IssuePullRequests	Connects issues to related pull requests, allowing traceability between reported problems and their solutions.
IssueSuggestedActors	Lists information about the suggested actors to the repository's issues.
IssueTypes	Lists information about repository issue types.
MentionableUsers	Identifies users who can be mentioned in repository discussions, including issues, pull requests, and comments, based on permissions.
MergeQueueEntries	Tracks individual pull requests in the merge queue, including their statuses and any pending actions for orderly processing.
MergeQueues	Provides an overview of active merge queues in a repository, listing pull requests and their order for systematic integration.
Milestones	Details milestones in a repository, including their goals, deadlines, and associated issues or pull requests for project tracking.
PullRequestAssignedActors	Assigned actors to this pull request.
PullRequestComments	Records comments on pull requests, documenting feedback and discussions during the code review process.
PullRequestCommits	Provides a list of commits included in pull requests, detailing the changes introduced and the commits' authors.
PullRequestFiles	Tracks files modified within pull requests, listing filenames, change types, and details for thorough review.
PullRequestReviewComments	Logs comments made during pull request reviews, capturing feedback, suggestions, and discussions for improving the code.
PullRequestReviews	Stores details of reviews conducted on pull requests, including reviewer actions (approved, requested changes, commented) and timestamps.
PullRequestSuggestedActors	Suggested actors for this pull request.
ReleaseAssets	Lists assets attached to repository releases, including binary files, source code archives, and other downloadable content for distribution.
PullRequestAssignedActors	Assigned actors to this pull request.
SecretScanningAlertLocations	Lists all locations where a secret scanning alert was detected.
SecretScanningHistory	Lists secret scanning scans by type for the repository.
Stargazers	Lists users who have starred a repository, indicating their interest in or support for the project.
Topics	Catalogs topics assigned to a repository, helping categorize and improve discoverability through tags such as 'open-source' or 'web-development.'
TrafficClonesDaily	Logs daily statistics of repository clones for the last 14 days, providing insight into the frequency and patterns of cloning activity.
TrafficClonesWeekly	Summarizes weekly clone statistics for the last 14 days, offering a higher-level view of cloning trends.
TrafficPageViewsDaily	Records daily page view statistics for a repository, helping track user engagement and traffic patterns over time.
TrafficPageViewsWeekly	Aggregates weekly page view statistics for a repository, giving an overview of user interaction trends for the past two weeks.
TrafficTopReferralPaths	Lists the top 10 most frequently accessed paths in a repository over the past 14 days, helping identify popular content and entry points.
TrafficTopReferralSources	Identifies the top 10 sources driving traffic to a repository in the last 14 days, such as search engines, social media, or external links.
Watchers	Tracks users watching a repository, providing visibility into who is monitoring updates, changes, and activity.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including getting the currently authenticated user or retrieving and refreshing OAuth access tokens.

The following procedures are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
AddCollaborator	Adds a user to a repository with a specified permission level, updating existing access if necessary. Enterprise Managed Users are added directly, while others receive an invitation.
CommitCompare	Compares two references (e.g., commits, branches, or tags) to highlight differences in code or repository history, aiding in change management.
CreateCommitOnBranch	Appends a commit to the given branch of the procedure's repository as the authenticated user.
DeleteCodeScanningAnalysis	Deletes an analysis by Id, or deletes the matched set of analyses in reverse chronological order. Deleting the final remaining analysis in a set requires explicitly confirming the deletion because it removes all associated historical alert data.
GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser	Retrieves details of the currently authenticated user, such as account settings and roles within the repository.
RemoveCollaborator	Removes a collaborator from a repository, revoking their access, unstarring repositories, canceling invitations, unassigning issues, denying pull requests, updating related permissions and may delete forks.
UpdatePullRequestBranch	Synchronizes a pull request branch with its base branch by merging or rebasing updates, ensuring consistency with the upstream repository.

Tables

The Sync App models the data in GitHub as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Tables


Name	Description
Branches	Contains detailed information about branches in a repository, including branch names and their relationships with other branches for version control.
CodeScanningAlerts	Lists code scanning alerts for the repository.
Commits	Contains metadata for commits in a repository, including author information, timestamps, and commit messages for version tracking.
CustomProperties	Gets all custom property values that are set for the repository.
Environments	Lists deployment environments configured for a repository, including environment names, statuses, and related configuration data.
Invitations	List and manage invitations to collaborate on the repository.
IssueComments	Logs comments added to issues, capturing discussions, updates, and resolutions for tracking purposes.
Issues	Stores comprehensive details about issues in a repository, including labels, assignees, priorities, and statuses.
Labels	Maintains a catalog of labels available in a repository, enabling effective categorization and filtering of issues and pull requests.
PullRequestReviewRequests	Tracks requests for reviews on pull requests, including information about requested reviewers and their response statuses.
PullRequests	Contains metadata about pull requests in a repository, such as their titles, descriptions, current statuses, and authors, to manage proposed changes effectively.
Releases	Tracks versioned releases in a repository, detailing associated tags, descriptions, and links to attached assets.
SecretScanningAlerts	Lists secret scanning alerts for the repository.
VulnerabilityAlerts	Lists Dependabot vulnerability alerts for the repository.

Branches

Contains detailed information about branches in a repository, including branch names and their relationships with other branches for version control.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

Name supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Branches]
SELECT * FROM [Branches] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Name
TargetOid

You can use the following pseudo-column to create a new record: Force

INSERT INTO [Branches] ([Name], [TargetOid]) VALUES ('TestBranch', '6330b82300aa01f5f92cf7ac22e79ef261a5457a')

Update

You can use the following column to update a record: TargetOid

You can use the following pseudo-column to update a record: Force

UPDATE [Branches] SET [TargetOid] = '2fa01729273842c19b4ee9594f4f32007e4aea31', [Force] = 'true' WHERE [Id] = 'REF_kwDOOq2woLVyZWZzL2hlYWRzL1Rlc3RCcmFuY2g'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [Branches] WHERE [Id] = 'REF_kwDOOq2woLRyZWZzL2hlYWRzL0RldkJyYW5jaA'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		A unique identifier for the branch within the repository.
Name	String	False		The name of the branch, typically representing a feature, fix, or release.
Prefix	String	True		The standard prefix used for branch refs.
TargetId	String	True		The ID of the object the ref points to.
TargetOid	String	False		The Git object ID of the object the ref points to.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
Force	Bool	Permit updates of branch refs that are not fast-forwards.

CodeScanningAlerts

Lists code scanning alerts for the repository.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Number supports the '=' comparison operator.
State supports the '=' comparison operator.
RuleSecuritySeverityLevel supports the '=' comparison operator.
ToolName supports the '=' comparison operator.
ToolGuid supports the '=' comparison operator.
MostRecentInstanceRef supports the '=' comparison operator.
PullRequestNumber supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts]
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [Number] = 123
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [State] = 'open'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [RuleSecuritySeverityLevel] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [ToolName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [ToolGuid] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [MostRecentInstanceRef] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

CreatedAt
UpdatedAt

SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlerts] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Number
State
DismissedReason
DismissedComment

You can use the following pseudo-column to update a record: CreateRequest

UPDATE [CodeScanningAlerts] SET State='dismissed', DismissedReason='used in tests', DismissedComment='Test comment.', CreateRequest=true WHERE Number='1'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Number [KEY]	Int	True		The security alert number.
Url	String	True		The REST API URL of the alert resource.
HtmlUrl	String	True		The GitHub URL of the alert resource.
InstancesUrl	String	True		The REST API URL for fetching the list of instances for an alert.
State	String	False		State of a code scanning alert.
DismissedReason	String	False		Required when state is dismissed. The reason for dismissing or closing the alert.
DismissedComment	String	False		The dismissal comment associated with the dismissal of the alert.
FixedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was no longer detected and was considered fixed.
DismissedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was dismissed.
DismissedByLogin	String	True		The username of the user that dismissed the alert.
DismissalApprovedByLogin	String	True		The username of the user that approved the dismissal.
Assignees	String	True		Users assigned to the alert.
RuleId	String	True		A unique identifier for the rule used to detect the alert.
RuleName	String	True		The name of the rule used to detect the alert.
RuleSeverity	String	True		The severity of the alert.
RuleSecuritySeverityLevel	String	True		The security severity of the alert.
RuleDescription	String	True		A short description of the rule used to detect the alert.
RuleFullDescription	String	True		A description of the rule used to detect the alert.
RuleTags	String	True		A set of tags applicable for the rule.
RuleHelp	String	True		Detailed documentation for the rule as GitHub Flavored Markdown.
RuleHelpUri	String	True		A link to the documentation for the rule used to detect the alert.
ToolName	String	True		The name of the tool used to generate the code scanning analysis.
ToolVersion	String	True		The version of the tool used to generate the code scanning analysis.
ToolGuid	String	True		The GUID of the tool used to generate the code scanning analysis.
MostRecentInstanceRef	String	True		The Git reference of the most recent instance.
MostRecentInstanceAnalysisKey	String	True		Identifies the configuration under which the analysis was executed.
MostRecentInstanceEnvironment	String	True		Identifies the variable values associated with the environment.
MostRecentInstanceCategory	String	True		Identifies the configuration under which the analysis was executed.
MostRecentInstanceState	String	True		State of the most recent instance.
MostRecentInstanceCommitSha	String	True		The commit SHA of the most recent instance.
MostRecentInstanceMessageText	String	True		The message text of the most recent instance.
MostRecentInstanceLocationPath	String	True		The file path where the alert was detected.
MostRecentInstanceLocationStartLine	Int	True		Line number at which the alert starts in the file.
MostRecentInstanceLocationEndLine	Int	True		Line number at which the alert ends in the file.
MostRecentInstanceLocationStartColumn	Int	True		Column at which the alert starts in the file.
MostRecentInstanceLocationEndColumn	Int	True		Column at which the alert ends in the file.
MostRecentInstanceHtmlUrl	String	True		The GitHub URL of the most recent instance.
MostRecentInstanceClassifications	String	True		Classifications that have been applied to the file (e.g., source, generated, test, library).
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was updated.
PullRequestNumber	Int	True		The number of the pull request for the results you want to list.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
CreateRequest	Bool	If true, attempt to create an alert dismissal request.

Commits

Contains metadata for commits in a repository, including author information, timestamps, and commit messages for version tracking.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

BranchName supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
CommittedDate supports the '=,>=,>,=,<,<=' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Commits]
SELECT * FROM [Commits] WHERE [BranchName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Commits] WHERE [CommittedDate] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

BranchName
MessageBody
MessageHeadline

You can use the following pseudo-columns to create a new record:

ExpectedHeadOid
FileChangeAdditions (references FileChangeAdditions)
FileChangeDeletions (references FileChangeDeletions)

INSERT INTO [Commits] ([BranchName], [MessageBody], [MessageHeadline], [ExpectedHeadOid], [FileChangeAdditions], [FileChangeDeletions]) VALUES ('Branch', 'Test commit.', 'Test headline.', '77c120c11bb482d243fcfaa52be277f3e626c6d4', '[{"contents":"dGVzdA==","path":"1.txt"},{"contents":"dGVzdDI=","path":"2.txt"}]', '[{"path":"a.txt"},{"path":"b.txt"}]')

FileChangeAdditions Temporary Table Columns


Column Name	Type	Description
Contents	String	The base64 encoded contents of the file.
Path	String	The path in the repository where the file will be located.

FileChangeDeletions Temporary Table Columns


Column Name	Type	Description
Path	String	The path to delete.

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier for the commit.
Oid	String	True		The Git object ID, uniquely identifying this commit in the Git repository.
AbbreviatedOid	String	True		An abbreviated version of the Git object ID, commonly used for easier reference.
BranchName [KEY]	String	False	Branches.Name	The name of the branch where the commit was made.
ChangedFilesIfAvailable	Int	True		The number of files changed in this commit. Returns 'null' if the number can't be calculated.
Additions	Int	True		The total number of lines added in this commit.
Deletions	Int	True		The total number of lines removed in this commit.
AuthoredByCommitter	Bool	True		Indicates whether the author and the committer of this commit are the same.
CommittedViaWeb	Bool	True		Indicates whether this commit was made through GitHub's web UI.
AuthoredDate	Datetime	True		The date and time when this commit was authored.
CommittedDate	Datetime	True		The date and time when this commit was actually committed.
ViewerSubscription	String	True		Indicates the subscription status of the viewer (for example, watching, not watching, ignoring) for this commit's repository.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has the ability to change their subscription status for the repository.
Message	String	True		The main message or description of the changes made in this commit.
MessageBody	String	False		The full body text of the commit message.
MessageHeadline	String	False		The headline or short summary of the commit message.
MessageBodyHTML	String	True		The body of the commit message rendered as HTML.
MessageHeadlineHTML	String	True		The headline of the commit message rendered as HTML.
ResourcePath	String	True		The HTTP path for this specific commit.
CommitResourcePath	String	True		The HTTP path for the Git object associated with this commit.
TreeResourcePath	String	True		The HTTP path for accessing the tree structure of the commit.
Url	String	True		The HTTP URL that leads to this commit's page.
CommitUrl	String	True		The URL for accessing this specific Git object in the repository.
TarballUrl	String	True		The URL to download a tarball archive of the repository. (Links expire after five minutes for private repositories.)
TreeUrl	String	True		The HTTP URL for accessing the tree structure of this commit.
ZipballUrl	String	True		The URL to download a zipball archive of the repository. (Links expire after five minutes for private repositories.)
AuthorName	String	True		The name of the author who authored the commit.
AuthorEmail	String	True		The email address of the commit author.
AuthorDate	Datetime	True		The timestamp when the commit was authored (Git action).
AuthorUserLogin	String	True		The GitHub username corresponding to the email address associated with this commit. Null if no user is found.
CommitterName	String	True		The name of the committer who committed the changes.
CommitterEmail	String	True		The email address of the person who committed the changes.
CommitterDate	Datetime	True		The timestamp indicating when the commit was committed.
CommitterUserLogin	String	True		The GitHub username corresponding to the email address of the committer. Null if no user is found.
OnBehalfOfId	String	True		The unique ID of the organization this commit was made on behalf of.
OnBehalfOf	String	True		The login name of the organization this commit was made on behalf of.
SignatureIsValid	Bool	True		Indicates whether the commit's signature is valid and verified by GitHub.
Signature	String	True		The ASCII-armored signature header used in this commit.
SignatureEmail	String	True		The email address associated with the signature for this commit.
SignaturePayload	String	True		The payload used for the GPG signature. Represents the raw ODB object without the signature header.
SignatureState	String	True		The state of the signature. 'VALID' indicates that the signature is valid, and other states indicate why the signature is considered invalid.
SignatureSigner	String	True		The GitHub username of the person who signed this commit.
WasSignedByGitHub	Bool	True		Indicates whether the commit was signed using GitHub's signing key.
SignatureVerifiedAt	Datetime	True		The date the signature was verified, if valid.
StatusId	String	True		The unique ID of the commit status associated with this commit.
StatusState	String	True		The overall status of the commit, combining various checks and statuses.
StatusCheckRollupId	String	True		The unique ID for the Check and Status rollup associated with this commit.
StatusCheckRollupState	String	True		The combined state of the Check and Status rollup for this commit.
TreeId	String	True		The unique ID of the root tree object for this commit.
TreeOid	String	True		The Git object ID of the tree associated with this commit.
TreeAbbreviatedOid	String	True		An abbreviated version of the Git object ID of the tree.
TreeCommitUrl	String	True		The HTTP URL to view the tree object associated with this commit.
TreeCommitResourcePath	String	True		The HTTP path to access the tree object associated with this commit.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
ExpectedHeadOid	String	The git commit oid expected at the head of the branch prior to the commit.
FileChangeAdditions	String	File to add or change.
FileChangeDeletions	String	Files to delete.

CustomProperties

Gets all custom property values that are set for the repository.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CustomProperties]

Upsert

You can use the following columns to upsert a record:

Name
Value

UPSERT INTO [CustomProperties] ([Name], [Value]) VALUES ('PropA', 'test')

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Name

DELETE FROM [CustomProperties] WHERE [Name] = 'PropA'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Name [KEY]	String	False		The name of the property.
Value	String	False		The value assigned to the property.

Environments

Lists deployment environments configured for a repository, including environment names, statuses, and related configuration data.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Name supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
IsPinned supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Environments]
SELECT * FROM [Environments] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Environments] WHERE [IsPinned] = true

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column: Name

SELECT * FROM [Environments] ORDER BY [Name]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Update

You can use the following column to update a record: IsPinned

UPDATE [Environments] SET [IsPinned] = true WHERE [Id] = 'EN_kwDOLvThzs8AAAABBc1m-g'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique node ID assigned to the Environment object.
DatabaseId	Long	True		The primary key that uniquely identifies this environment in the database.
Name	String	True		The name of the environment.
IsPinned	Bool	False		Indicates whether the environment is currently pinned to the repository (true or false).
PinnedPosition	Int	True		The position of the environment in the list, if it is pinned; null if the environment is not pinned.
LatestCompletedDeploymentId	String	True		The Node ID of the most recent completed deployment in this environment.
LatestCompletedDeploymentState	String	True		The current state of the latest completed deployment (for example, 'success', 'failed').

Invitations

List and manage invitations to collaborate on the repository.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Invitations]

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Permission

UPDATE [Invitations] SET [Permission] = 'triage' WHERE [DatabaseId] = '296829133'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: DatabaseId

DELETE FROM [Invitations] WHERE [DatabaseId] = '296829133'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The Node ID of the invitation.
DatabaseId	Long	True		Identifies the primary key from the database.
InviteeId	String	True		The Node ID of the user who was invited to the repository.
InviteeLogin	String	True		The login of the user who was invited to the repository.
InviterId	String	True		The Node ID of the user who created the invitation.
InviterLogin	String	True		The login of the user who created the invitation.
Permission	String	False		The permissions granted to the invitee on the repository.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The datetime when the invitation was created.
Url	String	True		The API URL of the invitation.
HtmlUrl	String	True		The HTML URL of the invitation.

IssueComments

Logs comments added to issues, capturing discussions, updates, and resolutions for tracking purposes.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

IssueNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [IssueComments]
SELECT * FROM [IssueComments] WHERE [IssueNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column: UpdatedAt

SELECT * FROM [IssueComments] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Body
IssueId

INSERT INTO [IssueComments] ([IssueId], [Body]) VALUES ('I_kwDOLkrwGs6OhNo0', 'hello there')

Update

You can use the following column to update a record: Body

UPDATE [IssueComments] SET [Body] = 'test' WHERE [Id] = 'IC_kwDOLkrwGs6GFwhQ'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [IssueComments] WHERE [Id] = 'IC_kwDOLkrwGs6GFuN2'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique identifier for the comment.
Body	String	False		The body of the comment in Markdown format.
BodyText	String	True		The body of the comment rendered as plain text.
BodyHTML	String	True		The body of the comment rendered in HTML.
Author	String	True		The username of the person who authored the comment.
AuthorAssociation	String	True		The author's association with the subject of the comment.
Editor	String	True		The username of the actor who edited the comment.
IsMinimized	Bool	True		Indicates whether or not the comment has been minimized.
MinimizedReason	String	True		The reason why the comment was minimized.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool	True		Indicates if the comment was created through an email reply.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool	True		Indicates if the comment was edited and includes the creation data in the edit.
ResourcePath	String	True		The HTTP path for this comment.
Url	String	True		The HTTP URL for this comment.
LastEditedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the comment was last edited.
PublishedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the comment was published.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the comment was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the comment was last updated.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer authored this comment.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool	True		Indicates if the current viewer has permission to delete this comment.
ViewerCanMinimize	Bool	True		Indicates if the current viewer has permission to minimize this comment.
ViewerCanReact	Bool	True		Indicates if the user can react to this comment.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool	True		Indicates if the current viewer can update this comment.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String	True		Lists the reasons why the current viewer cannot update this comment.
ReactionGroups	String	True		A list of reactions grouped by content left on the subject.
ViewerId	String	True		The ID of the viewer.
IssueNumber	Int	True	Issues.Number	The issue number associated with the comment.
IssueId	String	False		The issue ID associated with the comment.
PullRequestId	String	True		The ID of the pull request associated with the comment, if applicable.
FullDatabaseId	Long	True		The primary key for the comment in the database, stored as a BigInt.

Issues

Stores comprehensive details about issues in a repository, including labels, assignees, priorities, and statuses.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Author supports the '=,!=' comparison operators.
State supports the '=' comparison operator.
ClosedAt supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
UpdatedAt supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
CreatedAt supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
CommentCount supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
ReactionCount supports the '=,>,>=,<,<=' comparison operators.
Mentions supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Assignee supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Issues]
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [Author] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [State] = 'open'
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [ClosedAt] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [UpdatedAt] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [CreatedAt] = '2023-01-01 11:10:00'
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [CommentCount] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [ReactionCount] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [Mentions] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [Issues] WHERE [Assignee] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

UpdatedAt
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [Issues] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [Issues] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Title
Body
MilestoneId
TypeID

You can use the following pseudo-columns to create a new record:

AssigneeIds
LabelIds
IssueTemplate

INSERT INTO [Issues] ([Title], [AssigneeIds]) VALUES ('TestIssue', 'MDQ6VXNlcjg3ODExMTEx,U_kgDOCXOvpA')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Title
Body
State
MilestoneId
TypeID

You can use the following columns to close a record:

Closed
StateReason
DuplicateIssueId

You can use the following pseudo-columns to update a record:

AssigneeIds
LabelIds

You can use the following columns to lock a record:

Locked
ActiveLockReason

You can use the following columns to unlock a record: Locked

UPDATE [Issues] SET [Title] = 'NewTitle', [AssigneeIds] = 'MDQ6VXNlcjg3ODExMTEx,U_kgDOCXOvpA', [State] = 'CLOSED' WHERE [Id] = 'I_kwDOLkrwGs6M5WWy'
UPDATE [Issues] SET [Closed] = true, [StateReason] = 'DUPLICATE', [DuplicateIssueId] = 'I_kwDONRO6Ec6r8eEk' WHERE [Id] = 'I_kwDONRO6Ec6ukDus'
UPDATE [Issues] SET [Locked] = true WHERE [Id] = 'I_kwDOLkrwGs6M5WWy'
UPDATE [Issues] SET [Locked] = false WHERE [Id] = 'I_kwDOLkrwGs6M5WWy'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [Issues] WHERE [Id] = 'I_kwDONRO6Ec6ukDus'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		A unique identifier for the issue within the repository.
FullDatabaseId	Long	True		The primary key of the issue in the database, stored as a BigInt.
Title	String	False		The title of the issue, summarizing its content.
TitleHTML	String	True		The issue title formatted as HTML for web display.
Author	String	True		The username of the user who created the issue.
AuthorAssociation	String	True		The relationship of the author to the repository, such as collaborator or owner.
Editor	String	True		The username of the user who last edited the issue.
Body	String	False		The main content or description provided in the issue.
BodyText	String	True		The issue body converted to plain text, without formatting.
BodyHTML	String	True		The issue body formatted as HTML for web display.
BodyResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to access the issue body.
BodyUrl	String	True		The full HTTP URL to directly access the issue body.
Number	Int	True		A sequential number assigned to the issue within the repository.
State	String	False		The current status of the issue, such as open or closed. The allowed values are open, closed.
StateReason	String	False		The explanation for the current issue state, if applicable. The allowed values are COMPLETED, NOT_PLANNED, DUPLICATE, REOPENED.
Locked	Bool	False		Indicates whether the issue is locked to prevent further comments.
ActiveLockReason	String	False		The reason why the issue discussion was locked.
Closed	Bool	False		Indicates whether the issue has been closed.
IsPinned	Bool	True		Indicates whether the issue is pinned to the top of the repository's issue list.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool	True		Indicates whether the issue has been edited since its creation.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool	True		Indicates whether the issue was created through an email reply.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to access the issue.
Url	String	True		The full HTTP URL to directly access the issue.
LastEditedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the issue was last edited.
PublishedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the issue was initially published.
ClosedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the issue was closed, if applicable.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time of the most recent update to the issue.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the issue was first created.
MilestoneId	String	False	Milestones.Id	The unique identifier of the milestone associated with this issue.
MilestoneTitle	String	True		The title of the milestone associated with the issue.
MilestoneNumber	Int	True		The sequential number assigned to the milestone in the repository.
IsReadByViewer	Bool	True		Indicates whether the issue has been read by the current viewer.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current viewer is the author of the issue.
ViewerSubscription	String	True		The viewer's subscription status for this issue, such as watching, not watching, or ignoring.
ViewerCanLabel	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has permission to add or edit labels on this issue.
ViewerCanClose	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has permission to close the issue.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has permission to reopen a previously closed issue.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has permission to delete this issue.
ViewerCanReact	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer can react to this issue with emojis.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer can modify their subscription status for the issue.
ViewerThreadSubscriptionStatus	String	True		The viewer's current subscription status for the issue's thread.
ViewerThreadSubscriptionFormAction	String	True		The available actions for the viewer to change their thread subscription.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool	True		Indicates whether the viewer has permission to update this issue.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String	True		The reasons why the viewer cannot update the issue, if applicable.
CommentCount	Int	True		The total number of comments added to the issue.
ReactionCount	Int	True		The total number of reactions added to the issue.
Mentions	String	True		Allows filtering of issues that mention a specific user.
Assignee	String	True		The username of the user assigned to the issue or pull request.
TypeID	String	False		The Node ID of the IssueType object.
TypeName	String	True		The issue type's name.
TypeDescription	String	True		The issue type's description.
TypeIsEnabled	String	True		The issue type's enabled state.
TypeColor	String	True		The issue type's color.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
AssigneeIds	String	A list of assignee node IDs for the issue, separated by commas with spaces after each comma.
LabelIds	String	A list of label node IDs associated with the issue, separated by commas with spaces after each comma.
IssueTemplate	String	The name of an issue template used to pre-fill the issue with predefined labels and assignees.
DuplicateIssueId	String	ID of the issue that this is a duplicate of.

Labels

Maintains a catalog of labels available in a repository, enabling effective categorization and filtering of issues and pull requests.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

Name supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Labels]
SELECT * FROM [Labels] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Name
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [Labels] ORDER BY [Name]
SELECT * FROM [Labels] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Name
Description
Color

INSERT INTO [Labels] ([Name], [Description], [Color]) VALUES ('TestLabel', 'A test label.', 'ffffff')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Name
Description
Color

UPDATE [Labels] SET [Name] = 'ChangedName', [Description] = 'Changed description.', [Color] = 'd73a4a' WHERE [Id] = 'LA_kwDOLkrwGs8AAAACOC3ntw'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [Labels] WHERE [Id] = 'LA_kwDOLkrwGs8AAAACOC3ntw'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		A unique identifier for the label within the repository.
Name	String	False		The name of the label, used to categorize issues and pull requests.
Description	String	False		A short summary explaining the purpose or usage of the label.
Color	String	False		The hexadecimal color code representing the label's appearance.
IsDefault	Bool	True		Indicates whether this label is one of the repository's default labels.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path to access the label within the repository.
Url	String	True		The full HTTP URL to directly access the label.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the label was most recently updated.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the label was originally created.

PullRequestReviewRequests

Tracks requests for reviews on pull requests, including information about requested reviewers and their response statuses.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviewRequests]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviewRequests] WHERE [PullRequestId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

RequestedReviewerUserId
RequestedReviewerTeamId
PullRequestId

Note: It is not possible to request both a user and team in the same statement.

INSERT INTO [PullRequestReviewRequests] ([PullRequestId], [RequestedReviewerUserId]) VALUES ('123', '456')
INSERT INTO [PullRequestReviewRequests] ([PullRequestId], [RequestedReviewerTeamId]) VALUES ('123', '789')

Delete

You can specify either of the following sets of WHERE conditions to delete a record:

PullRequestId and RequestedReviewerUserId
PullRequestId and RequestedReviewerTeamId

DELETE FROM [PullRequestReviewRequests] WHERE [PullRequestId] = '123' AND [RequestedReviewerUserId] = '456'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique node ID of the ReviewRequest object, which is used to identify this specific review request within the GitHub system.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key identifier for the review request in the database, represented as an integer and used for internal storage and references.
AsCodeOwner	Bool	True		Indicates whether the review request was specifically made for a code owner to review, highlighting requests that require specialized review.
RequestedReviewerUserId	String	False		The node ID of the User object representing the individual user who has been requested to review the pull request.
RequestedReviewerUserLogin	String	True		The GitHub username of the user who has been requested to review the pull request, enabling identification of the reviewer.
RequestedReviewerTeamId	String	False		The node ID of the Team object representing the team requested to review the pull request, used for organizing team-based reviews.
RequestedReviewerTeamSlug	String	True		The unique slug of the team within the organization, which helps identify the team in a standardized way across the repository.
RequestedReviewerMannequinId	String	True		The node ID of the Mannequin object, representing a template or placeholder user that is being requested to review, often used for automating review assignments.
RequestedReviewerMannequinLogin	String	True		The username of the Mannequin object, which serves as a placeholder or template user when no real reviewer is assigned.
RequestedReviewerBotId	String	True		The node ID of the Bot object representing a bot that has been requested to review the pull request, typically used for automated checks or processes.
RequestedReviewerBotLogin	String	True		The username of the bot that is requested to review the pull request, often involved in automated review workflows.
PullRequestId	String	False		The unique identifier for the pull request to which this review request is associated, linking the review request to a specific pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Int	True		The number assigned to the pull request within the repository, providing a unique identifier for the pull request and its associated review request.

PullRequests

Contains metadata about pull requests in a repository, such as their titles, descriptions, current statuses, and authors, to manage proposed changes effectively.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

BaseRefName supports the '=' comparison operator.
HeadRefName supports the '=' comparison operator.
State supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Number supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequests]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequests] WHERE [BaseRefName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [PullRequests] WHERE [HeadRefName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [PullRequests] WHERE [State] = 'OPEN'
SELECT * FROM [PullRequests] WHERE [Number] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

UpdatedAt
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [PullRequests] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequests] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

HeadRepositoryId
BaseRefName
HeadRefName
Title
Body
IsDraft
MaintainerCanModify

INSERT INTO [PullRequests] ([Title], [BaseRefName], [HeadRefName]) VALUES ('TestPR', '1-1-out-of-100-issues', 'main')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

BaseRefName
Title
Body
State
Closed
MaintainerCanModify
MilestoneId

You can use the following pseudo-columns to update a record:

AssigneeIds
LabelIds

UPDATE [PullRequests] SET [Closed] = 'false' WHERE [Id] = 'PR_kwDOLkrwGs5zEp0s'
UPDATE [PullRequests] SET [Closed] = true WHERE [Id] = 'PR_kwDOLkrwGs5zEp0s'
UPDATE [PullRequests] SET [Title] = 'NewPRTitle', [AssigneeIds] = 'MDQ6VXNlcjg3ODExMTEx,U_kgDOCXOvpA' WHERE [Id] = 'PR_kwDOLkrwGs5zEp0s'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		A unique identifier for the pull request, used to differentiate it from others in the system.
FullDatabaseId	Long	True		The primary database identifier for the pull request, stored as a BigInt for scalability.
Author	String	True		The username of the individual who created the pull request.
AuthorAssociation	String	True		Defines the relationship between the pull request's author and the repository (for example, 'OWNER', 'CONTRIBUTOR').
Editor	String	True		The username of the individual who most recently updated the pull request's body content.
HeadRepositoryId	String	False		The unique identifier of the repository where the pull request's head branch resides.
HeadRepositoryOwner	String	True		The username of the owner of the repository containing the pull request's head branch.
MergedBy	String	True		The username of the individual who merged the pull request into the base branch.
BaseRefId	String	True		The unique identifier of the base branch for this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
BaseRefOid	String	True		The object identifier (OID) of the base branch for this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
BaseRefPrefix	String	True		The namespace prefix (for example, 'refs/heads/') of the base branch for this pull request.
BaseRefName	String	False		The name of the base branch for this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
HeadRefId	String	True		The unique identifier of the head branch for this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
HeadRefOid	String	True		The object identifier (OID) of the head branch for this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
HeadRefPrefix	String	True		The namespace prefix (for example, 'refs/heads/') of the head branch for this pull request.
HeadRefName	String	False		The name of the head branch for this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
Title	String	False		The descriptive title of the pull request.
TitleHTML	String	True		The title of the pull request rendered as formatted HTML.
Body	String	False		The main content of the pull request, provided in Markdown for formatting.
BodyText	String	True		The plain-text version of the pull request's content, stripped of any Markdown formatting.
BodyHTML	String	True		The body of the pull request rendered as HTML for display purposes.
State	String	False		Indicates the current status of the pull request (for example, 'OPEN', 'MERGED', 'CLOSED'). The allowed values are OPEN, CLOSED, MERGED.
Number	Int	True		The sequential number assigned to the pull request within the repository.
Mergeable	String	True		Specifies whether the pull request can be merged without conflicts.
Merged	Bool	True		A true/false indicator of whether the pull request has been successfully merged.
Closed	Bool	False		A true/false indicator of whether the pull request has been closed.
ChangedFiles	Int	True		The total count of files modified as part of this pull request.
Additions	Int	True		The total number of lines of code added in this pull request.
Deletions	Int	True		The total number of lines of code removed in this pull request.
TotalCommentsCount	Int	True		The total number of comments made on this pull request, including review and inline comments.
ReviewDecision	String	True		The current review status of the pull request, indicating if it has been approved or requires changes (for example, 'APPROVED', 'REQUEST_CHANGES').
Locked	Bool	True		Indicates whether the conversation on this pull request is locked to prevent further discussion. True if locked, false otherwise.
ActiveLockReason	String	True		The reason provided for locking the pull request conversation, such as 'RESOLVED' or 'OFF_TOPIC'.
IsDraft	Bool	False		Indicates whether this pull request is in draft mode, meaning it is not yet ready for review. True if draft, false otherwise.
IsCrossRepository	Bool	True		Specifies whether the pull request originates from a different repository than the base repository.
MaintainerCanModify	Bool	False		Indicates whether maintainers of the base repository have permission to make changes to this pull request.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool	True		Indicates whetherthe pull request was created through an email reply, rather than through the GitHub interface.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool	True		Specifies whether the pull request includes an edit that was made at the time of its creation.
MergeCommitId	String	True		The unique identifier (commit hash) of the merge commit created when the pull request was merged.
PotentialMergeCommitId	String	True		A commit hash generated by GitHub to verify if the pull request can be merged, available before the pull request is merged.
Permalink	String	True		The permanent URL that links directly to this pull request.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative API path to access details about this pull request.
ChecksResourcePath	String	True		The relative API path to access status checks associated with this pull request.
RevertResourcePath	String	True		The relative API path used to create a revert pull request based on this pull request.
Url	String	True		The full URL linking to the pull request on GitHub.
ChecksUrl	String	True		The full URL linking to the status checks for this pull request on GitHub.
RevertUrl	String	True		The full URL used to initiate a revert of this pull request.
LastEditedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when the pull request was last edited by any user.
MergedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when the pull request was successfully merged into the base branch.
ClosedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when the pull request was closed without being merged.
PublishedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when a comment related to this pull request was published.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of the most recent update to this pull request, including title, description, or review status changes.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when the pull request was originally created.
MilestoneId	String	False		The unique identifier of the milestone linked to this pull request.
MilestoneTitle	String	True		The descriptive title of the milestone associated with this pull request.
MilestoneNumber	Int	True		The sequential number assigned to the milestone linked to this pull request.
AutoMergeRequestCommitHeadline	String	True		The title of the commit created as part of the auto-merge request when required by the base branch's merge queue.
AutoMergeRequestAuthorEmail	String	True		The email address of the user who initiated the auto-merge request.
AutoMergeRequestCommitBody	String	True		The detailed commit message associated with the auto-merge request when required by the base branch.
AutoMergeRequestEnabledAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when auto-merge was enabled for this pull request.
AutoMergeRequestMergeMethod	String	True		Specifies the merge strategy used when auto-merging the pull request, determined by the base branch's merge queue requirements.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool	True		Indicates whether the currently authenticated user is the author of this pull request.
IsReadByViewer	Bool	True		Shows whether the pull request has been marked as read by the current user.
ViewerSubscription	String	True		Indicates the subscription status of the current user regarding this pull request (for example, 'SUBSCRIBED', 'IGNORED').
ViewerCanLabel	Bool	True		Specifies whether the current user has permission to add or remove labels on this pull request.
ViewerCanClose	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current user can close this pull request.
ViewerCanReact	Bool	True		Shows whether the current user can add emoji reactions to this pull request.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current user has the ability to reopen this pull request if it is closed.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool	True		Determines whether the current user can modify their subscription settings for notifications related to this pull request.
ViewerCanApplySuggestion	Bool	True		Specifies whether the current user has permission to apply suggested code changes in this pull request.
ViewerCanEditFiles	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current user can edit the files modified in this pull request.
ViewerCanDeleteHeadRef	Bool	True		Shows whether the current user can restore the deleted head reference of the pull request.
ViewerCanDisableAutoMerge	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current user has permission to disable the auto-merge feature for this pull request.
ViewerCanEnableAutoMerge	Bool	True		Shows whether the current user has permission to enable the auto-merge feature for this pull request.
ViewerCanMergeAsAdmin	Bool	True		Specifies whether the current user can override branch protections and merge the pull request immediately as an administrator.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current user can modify details of the pull request, such as its title or description.
ViewerCanUpdateBranch	Bool	True		Shows whether the current user can update the pull request's head branch by merging or rebasing the base branch.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String	True		Lists the reasons why the current user is unable to update this pull request.
ViewerLatestReviewRequestId	String	True		The unique identifier of the latest review request made by the current user for this pull request.
ViewerLatestReviewId	String	True		The unique identifier of the latest review submitted by the current user for this pull request.
IsMergeQueueEnabled	Bool	True		Indicates whether a merge queue is enabled for the pull request's base branch.
IsInMergeQueue	Bool	True		Shows whether this pull request is currently waiting in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryId	String	True		The unique identifier for this pull request's entry in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryJump	Bool	True		Indicates whether this pull request has been prioritized to jump ahead in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryPosition	Int	True		The current position of this pull request in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntrySolo	Bool	True		Specifies whether this pull request must be merged and deployed independently from other changes.
MergeQueueEntryState	String	True		Represents the current state of this pull request within the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryEnqueuedAt	Datetime	True		The timestamp of when this pull request was added to the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int	True		The estimated time, in seconds, until this pull request is expected to be merged from the queue.
MergeQueueEntryBaseCommitId	String	True		The commit ID representing the base commit in the merge queue entry.
MergeQueueEntryHeadCommitId	String	True		The commit ID representing the head commit in the merge queue entry.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueId	String	True		The unique identifier for the merge queue that this entry belongs to.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueUrl	String	True		The URL providing access to the merge queue entry within the GitHub web interface.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueResourcePath	String	True		The API resource path to access the merge queue entry details.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueNextEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int	True		The estimated time, in seconds, for the next entry in the merge queue to be merged.
StatusCheckRollupId	String	True		The unique node ID of the StatusCheckRollup object associated with this pull request.
StatusCheckRollupCommitId	String	True		The commit ID linked to the status checks and check runs for this pull request.
StatusCheckRollupState	String	True		The overall status of the pull request's associated checks (for example, 'SUCCESS', 'FAILURE').

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
AssigneeIds	String	A comma-separated list of node IDs representing users assigned to this pull request.
LabelIds	String	A comma-separated list of node IDs representing labels applied to this pull request.

Releases

Tracks versioned releases in a repository, detailing associated tags, descriptions, and links to attached assets.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

TagName supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Releases]
SELECT * FROM [Releases] WHERE [TagName] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Name
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [Releases] ORDER BY [Name]
SELECT * FROM [Releases] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Name
Description
IsDraft
IsPrerelease
TagName
TagCommitOid

You can use the following pseudo-columns to create a new record:

MakeLatest
DiscussionCategoryName
GenerateReleaseNotes

 INSERT INTO [Releases] ([Name], [Description], [IsDraft], [IsPrerelease], [TagName], [TagCommitOid], [MakeLatest], [GenerateReleaseNotes], [DiscussionCategoryName]) VALUES ('TestRelease', 'Test release description.', false, false, 'v3.6', '0cd56625bdf83fbe33c19dcf82a17c4e40b7efa2', 'legacy', true, 'Ideas');

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Name
Description
IsDraft
IsPrerelease
TagName
TagCommitOid

You can use the following pseudo-columns to update a record:

MakeLatest
DiscussionCategoryName

UPDATE [Releases] SET [TagName] = 'v3.0', [TagCommitOid] = '3a733d86cd951b902a1ed397457321da5d8157ac', [Name] = 'ChangedName', [Description] = 'Changed text.', [IsDraft] = true, [IsPrerelease] = true, [MakeLatest] = 'false', [DiscussionCategoryName] = 'Polls' WHERE [DatabaseId] = '257443258'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: DatabaseId

DELETE FROM [Releases] WHERE [DatabaseId] = '257443258'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		A unique identifier assigned to the release for tracking and reference.
DatabaseId	Int	True		The primary key value for the release, as stored in the database.
Name	String	False		The title or name of the release, typically used for display and identification.
Description	String	False		A detailed explanation of the release, including its purpose and key features.
ShortDescriptionHTML	String	True		A brief summary of the release, rendered in HTML without links. The output is limited to a set number of characters (default 200).
DescriptionHTML	String	True		The full description of the release, formatted and rendered in HTML.
IsDraft	Bool	False		Indicates whether the release is in draft status and not yet published.
IsLatest	Bool	True		Indicates whether this release is the most recent published version.
IsPrerelease	Bool	False		Indicates whether this release is a prerelease version, intended for testing before an official launch.
ViewerCanReact	Bool	True		Indicates whether the current user is allowed to add reactions (such as emoji) to the release.
AuthorId	String	True		The unique identifier of the user who created the release.
Author	String	True		The GitHub username of the individual who authored the release.
TagId	String	True		The unique identifier of the Git tag associated with this release.
TagName	String	False		The name of the Git tag linked to this release, typically representing a version number.
TagCommitId	String	True		The commit ID associated with the Git tag for this release.
TagCommitOid	String	False		The commit SHA associated with the Git tag for this release.
Url	String	True		The full HTTP URL to access the release page on GitHub.
ResourcePath	String	True		The relative HTTP path for accessing the release within the repository.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the release was initially created.
PublishedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the release was officially published and made available.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the release was last modified or updated.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo-columns are fields that can be used in WHERE clauses to filter data, but do not contain data themselves.


Name	Type	Description
MakeLatest	String	Specifies whether this release should be set as the latest release. Defaults to true for newly published releases. Legacy specifies that the latest release should be determined based on the release creation date and higher semantic version.
DiscussionCategoryName	String	If specified, a discussion of the specified category is created and linked to the release. The value must be a category that already exists in the repository.
GenerateReleaseNotes	Bool	Whether to automatically generate the name and body for this release. If name is specified, the specified name will be used; otherwise, a name will be automatically generated. If body is specified, the body will be pre-pended to the automatically generated notes.

SecretScanningAlerts

Lists secret scanning alerts for the repository.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Number supports the '=' comparison operator.
State supports the '=' comparison operator.
Resolution supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
SecretType supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Validity supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
PubliclyLeaked supports the '=' comparison operator.
MultiRepo supports the '=' comparison operator.
HideSecret supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts]
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [Number] = 123
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [State] = 'open'
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [Resolution] = 'false_positive'
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [SecretType] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [Validity] = 'active'
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [PubliclyLeaked] = true
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [MultiRepo] = true
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] WHERE [HideSecret] = true

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

CreatedAt
UpdatedAt

SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlerts] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Number
State
Resolution
ResolutionComment

UPDATE [SecretScanningAlerts] SET [State] = 'resolved', [Resolution] = 'used_in_tests', [ResolutionComment] = 'Used in tests.' WHERE [Number] = '1'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Number [KEY]	Int	True		The security alert number.
Url	String	True		The REST API URL for fetching the alert.
HtmlUrl	String	True		The GitHub URL for viewing the alert.
LocationsUrl	String	True		The REST API URL for fetching the list of locations for this alert.
State	String	False		Sets the state of the secret scanning alert.
Resolution	String	False		Required when state is resolved. The reason for resolving the alert.
ResolutionComment	String	False		An optional comment when closing or reopening an alert.
ResolvedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was resolved.
ResolvedByLogin	String	True		The username of the user that resolved the alert.
SecretType	String	True		The type of secret that secret scanning detected.
SecretTypeDisplayName	String	True		User-friendly name for the detected secret type.
Secret	String	True		The secret that was detected.
IsBase64Encoded	Bool	True		Whether the secret is in base64 encoding.
Validity	String	True		The token status as of the latest validity check.
PubliclyLeaked	Bool	True		Whether the secret is publicly available online.
MultiRepo	Bool	True		Whether the secret was detected in multiple repositories.
PushProtectionBypassed	Bool	True		Whether push protection was bypassed for the detected secret.
PushProtectionBypassedAt	Datetime	True		The time that push protection was bypassed.
PushProtectionBypassedByLogin	String	True		The username of the user that bypassed push protection.
PushProtectionBypassRequestReviewerLogin	String	True		The username of the user requested to review the bypass.
PushProtectionBypassRequestReviewerComment	String	True		The comment provided by the bypass reviewer.
PushProtectionBypassRequestComment	String	True		The comment provided when requesting a bypass.
PushProtectionBypassRequestHtmlUrl	String	True		The GitHub URL for the bypass request.
FirstLocationPath	String	True		The file path where the secret was first detected.
FirstLocationStartLine	Int	True		Line number at which the secret starts in the file.
FirstLocationEndLine	Int	True		Line number at which the secret ends in the file.
FirstLocationStartColumn	Int	True		Column at which the secret starts in the file.
FirstLocationEndColumn	Int	True		Column at which the secret ends in the file.
FirstLocationBlobSha	String	True		SHA of the blob containing the secret.
FirstLocationBlobUrl	String	True		API URL of the blob containing the secret.
FirstLocationCommitSha	String	True		SHA of the commit containing the secret.
FirstLocationCommitUrl	String	True		API URL of the commit containing the secret.
HasMoreLocations	Bool	True		Whether the alert has additional locations beyond the first.
AssignedToLogin	String	True		The username of the user assigned to the alert.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The time that the alert was updated.
HideSecret	Bool	True		Whether or not to hide literal secrets in the results.

VulnerabilityAlerts

Lists Dependabot vulnerability alerts for the repository.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Number supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
DependencyScope supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
State supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [VulnerabilityAlerts]
SELECT * FROM [VulnerabilityAlerts] WHERE [Number] = 123
SELECT * FROM [VulnerabilityAlerts] WHERE [DependencyScope] = 'DEVELOPMENT'
SELECT * FROM [VulnerabilityAlerts] WHERE [State] = 'AUTO_DISMISSED'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Update

You can use the following column to update a record: DismissReason

UPDATE [VulnerabilityAlerts] SET [DismissReason] = 'TOLERABLE_RISK' WHERE [Id] = 'RVA_000O00'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The Node ID of the RepositoryVulnerabilityAlert object.
Number	Int	True		Identifies the alert number.
DependencyScope	String	True		The scope of the alert's dependency.
DependencyRelationship	String	True		The relationship of the alert's dependency.
VulnerableManifestFilename	String	True		The vulnerable manifest filename.
VulnerableManifestPath	String	True		The vulnerable manifest path.
VulnerableRequirements	String	True		The vulnerable requirements.
GhsaId	String	True		The GitHub Security Advisory ID.
SecurityAdvisoryId	String	True		The Node ID of the associated SecurityAdvisory object.
SecurityAdvisoryDatabaseId	Int	True		Identifies the primary key from the database.
SecurityAdvisorySummary	String	True		A short plaintext summary of the advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryDescription	String	True		A long-form Markdown-supported description of the advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryOrigin	String	True		The organization that originated the advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryClassification	String	True		The classification of the advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryIdentifiers	String	True		A list of identifiers for this advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryReferences	String	True		A list of references for this advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryPermalink	String	True		The permalink for the advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryNotificationsPermalink	String	True		The permalink for the advisory's dependabot alerts page.
SecurityAdvisorySeverity	String	True		The severity of the advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryEpssPercentage	Double	True		The EPSS percentage represents the likelihood of a CVE being exploited.
SecurityAdvisoryEpssPercentile	Double	True		The EPSS percentile represents the relative rank of the CVE's likelihood of being exploited compared to other CVEs.
SecurityAdvisoryCvssV3Score	Double	True		The CVSS v3 score associated with this advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryCvssV3VectorString	String	True		The CVSS v3 vector string associated with this advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryCvssV4Score	Double	True		The CVSS v4 score associated with this advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryCvssV4VectorString	String	True		The CVSS v4 vector string associated with this advisory.
SecurityAdvisoryPublishedAt	Datetime	True		When the advisory was published.
SecurityAdvisoryUpdatedAt	Datetime	True		When the advisory was last updated.
SecurityAdvisoryWithdrawnAt	Datetime	True		When the advisory was withdrawn, if it has been withdrawn.
SecurityVulnerabilityPackageName	String	True		The package name affected by the vulnerability.
SecurityVulnerabilityPackageEcosystem	String	True		The ecosystem the package belongs to.
SecurityVulnerabilityVulnerableVersionRange	String	True		A string that describes the vulnerable package versions.
SecurityVulnerabilityFirstPatchedVersion	String	True		The first version containing a fix for the vulnerability.
SecurityVulnerabilitySeverity	String	True		The severity of the vulnerability within this package.
SecurityVulnerabilityUpdatedAt	Datetime	True		When the vulnerabillity was last updated.
DependabotPullRequestId	String	True		The Node ID of the PullRequest object.
DependabotPullRequestNumber	Int	True		Identifies the pull request number.
DependabotUpdateError	String	True		The title of the error from the Dependabot update.
State	String	True		Identifies the state of the alert.
DismissReason	String	False		The reason the alert was dismissed.
DismissComment	String	True		Comment explaining the reason the alert was dismissed.
DismisserLogin	String	True		The username of the user who dismissed the alert.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		When was the alert created.
DismissedAt	Datetime	True		When was the alert dismissed.
AutoDismissedAt	Datetime	True		When was the alert auto-dismissed.
FixedAt	Datetime	True		When was the alert fixed.

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Views


Name	Description
AssignableUsers	Identifies users who are eligible to be assigned to repository issues, based on their roles and permissions.
CodeScanningAlertInstances	Lists all code locations where a specific code scanning alert occurs.
CodeScanningAnalyses	Lists code scanning analyses for the repository.
Collaborators	Lists collaborators in a repository, including their roles, permissions, and contributions to the project.
CommitComments	Tracks comments made on specific commits, providing insights into discussions and feedback related to code changes.
CommitCompare	Stores a detailed list of commits generated from a comparison of two references, such as branches or tags.
CommitCompareFiles	Tracks files modified during a comparison between two references, providing details on up to 300 changed files for review.
CommitFiles	Details files modified in specific commits, including filenames, change types (for example, added, deleted, modified), and related metadata.
Forks	Provides metadata about forks created from a repository, including fork ownership and purpose, to support collaboration and innovation.
IssueAssignedActors	Lists information about the assigned actors to the repository's issues.
IssueAssignees	Tracks users assigned to issues within a repository, detailing responsibilities and roles for task ownership.
IssuePullRequests	Connects issues to related pull requests, allowing traceability between reported problems and their solutions.
IssueSuggestedActors	Lists information about the suggested actors to the repository's issues.
IssueTypes	Lists information about repository issue types.
MentionableUsers	Identifies users who can be mentioned in repository discussions, including issues, pull requests, and comments, based on permissions.
MergeQueueEntries	Tracks individual pull requests in the merge queue, including their statuses and any pending actions for orderly processing.
MergeQueues	Provides an overview of active merge queues in a repository, listing pull requests and their order for systematic integration.
Milestones	Details milestones in a repository, including their goals, deadlines, and associated issues or pull requests for project tracking.
PullRequestAssignedActors	Assigned actors to this pull request.
PullRequestComments	Records comments on pull requests, documenting feedback and discussions during the code review process.
PullRequestCommits	Provides a list of commits included in pull requests, detailing the changes introduced and the commits' authors.
PullRequestFiles	Tracks files modified within pull requests, listing filenames, change types, and details for thorough review.
PullRequestReviewComments	Logs comments made during pull request reviews, capturing feedback, suggestions, and discussions for improving the code.
PullRequestReviews	Stores details of reviews conducted on pull requests, including reviewer actions (approved, requested changes, commented) and timestamps.
PullRequestSuggestedActors	Suggested actors for this pull request.
ReleaseAssets	Lists assets attached to repository releases, including binary files, source code archives, and other downloadable content for distribution.
PullRequestAssignedActors	Assigned actors to this pull request.
SecretScanningAlertLocations	Lists all locations where a secret scanning alert was detected.
SecretScanningHistory	Lists secret scanning scans by type for the repository.
Stargazers	Lists users who have starred a repository, indicating their interest in or support for the project.
Topics	Catalogs topics assigned to a repository, helping categorize and improve discoverability through tags such as 'open-source' or 'web-development.'
TrafficClonesDaily	Logs daily statistics of repository clones for the last 14 days, providing insight into the frequency and patterns of cloning activity.
TrafficClonesWeekly	Summarizes weekly clone statistics for the last 14 days, offering a higher-level view of cloning trends.
TrafficPageViewsDaily	Records daily page view statistics for a repository, helping track user engagement and traffic patterns over time.
TrafficPageViewsWeekly	Aggregates weekly page view statistics for a repository, giving an overview of user interaction trends for the past two weeks.
TrafficTopReferralPaths	Lists the top 10 most frequently accessed paths in a repository over the past 14 days, helping identify popular content and entry points.
TrafficTopReferralSources	Identifies the top 10 sources driving traffic to a repository in the last 14 days, such as search engines, social media, or external links.
Watchers	Tracks users watching a repository, providing visibility into who is monitoring updates, changes, and activity.

AssignableUsers

Identifies users who are eligible to be assigned to repository issues, based on their roles and permissions.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operator:

Login supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [AssignableUsers]
SELECT * FROM [AssignableUsers] WHERE [Login] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier for the user, used across the system.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key for the user in the database, ensuring unique identification.
Login	String			The user's GitHub login username, used for authentication and display.
Name	String			The publicly visible name of the user, often used for display purposes.
Email	String			The user's publicly visible email address, if they have chosen to share it.
TwitterUsername	String			The user's Twitter handle, linked to their GitHub profile.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns specified by the user on their profile.
Bio	String			A textual description of the user, provided on their public GitHub profile.
BioHTML	String			The user's biography rendered as HTML, for use in web applications.
Company	String			The organization or company the user is affiliated with, as per their profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The user's affiliated company rendered as HTML for web use.
Location	String			The geographic location provided by the user on their profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether this user can pin items, such as repositories, to their profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items this user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether this user has any pinned repositories or gists in their profile showcase.
IsEmployee	Bool			Specifies whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hiring opportunities.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether this user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether this user is part of the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is following the current viewer. Inverse of ViewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Specifies whether the user has administrative privileges on the GitHub site.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Specifies whether the user is part of the GitHub Stars program, recognizing outstanding community members.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			True if the user or organization is sponsoring the current viewer on GitHub.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is the same as the current viewing user.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has the option to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can sponsor this user or organization.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			True if this user is currently being followed by the viewer.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			True if the viewer is currently sponsoring this user or organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects associated with this user.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to pin repositories and gists to this user's profile.
StatusId	String			A unique identifier for the user's current status emoji.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji representing the user's current status, such as availability or mood.
StatusMessage	String			A short custom message set by the user to describe their current status or activity.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			True if the status indicates that the user has limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The status emoji formatted as HTML for web display.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the status was first created.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			If specified, this timestamp indicates when the status automatically expires and is no longer displayed.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp of the most recent update to the user's status.
StatusOrganizationId	String			A unique identifier for the organization associated with the user's status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the user's status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The current interaction restriction applied to this user or organization (for example, limit on who can comment or interact).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			Specifies the source of the current interaction limit (for example, user settings or GitHub policy).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration timestamp of the current interaction limit, after which restrictions will be lifted.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			True if this user or organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing to receive financial support.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income in cents (USD) from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization.
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated payout in cents (USD) for the next GitHub Sponsors disbursement.
SponsorsListingId	String			A unique identifier for the GitHub Sponsors listing associated with this user or organization.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing for this user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount in cents (USD) that this user or organization has spent on GitHub sponsorships. Visible only to the user or authorized managers.
ResourcePath	String			The relative GitHub API path to access this user's profile.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative GitHub API path to list this user's projects.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL to the user's GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL listing the user's GitHub projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			A publicly shared URL linking to the user's personal website or blog.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's avatar image. Accepts a size argument to specify the resolution.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint used for GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The tracking endpoint used to monitor Copilot request origins.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint for routing GitHub Copilot requests.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint used for GitHub Copilot usage tracking.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when this user account was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp of the most recent update to the user's profile.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by the user.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of followers the user has on GitHub.

CodeScanningAlertInstances

Lists all code locations where a specific code scanning alert occurs.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

AlertNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Ref supports the '=' comparison operator.
PullRequestNumber supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlertInstances]
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlertInstances] WHERE [AlertNumber] = 123
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlertInstances] WHERE [Ref] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAlertInstances] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
AlertNumber	Int	CodeScanningAlerts.Number		The security alert number.
Ref	String			The Git reference (e.g., refs/heads/main, refs/pull/123/merge).
AnalysisKey	String			Identifies the configuration under which the analysis was executed (e.g., workflow filename and job name).
Environment	String			Identifies the variable values associated with the environment (e.g., language analyzed).
Category	String			Identifies the configuration under which the analysis was executed (e.g., language or code section).
State	String			State of this instance.
CommitSha	String			The commit SHA where this instance was detected.
MessageText	String			The message text associated with this instance.
LocationPath	String			The file path where the alert was detected.
LocationStartLine	Int			Line number at which the alert starts in the file.
LocationEndLine	Int			Line number at which the alert ends in the file.
LocationStartColumn	Int			Column at which the alert starts in the file.
LocationEndColumn	Int			Column at which the alert ends in the file.
HtmlUrl	String			The GitHub URL of this instance.
Classifications	String			Classifications applied to the file (e.g., source, generated, test, library).
PullRequestNumber	Int			The number of the pull request for the results you want to list.

CodeScanningAnalyses

Lists code scanning analyses for the repository.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Id supports the '=' comparison operator.
Ref supports the '=' comparison operator.
SarifId supports the '=' comparison operator.
ToolName supports the '=' comparison operator.
ToolGuid supports the '=' comparison operator.
PullRequestNumber supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses]
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] WHERE [Id] = 123
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] WHERE [Ref] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] WHERE [SarifId] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] WHERE [ToolName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] WHERE [ToolGuid] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following column: CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [CodeScanningAnalyses] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App processes ordering by other columns client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	Int			Unique identifier for this analysis.
Ref	String			The Git reference (e.g., refs/heads/main, refs/pull/123/merge).
CommitSha	String			The SHA of the commit to which the analysis relates.
AnalysisKey	String			Identifies the configuration under which the analysis was executed (e.g., workflow filename and job name).
Environment	String			Identifies the variable values associated with the environment.
Category	String			Identifies the configuration under which the analysis was executed (e.g., language or code section).
Error	String			Error message if the analysis failed.
Warning	String			Warning generated when processing the analysis.
Url	String			The REST API URL of the analysis resource.
SarifId	String			An identifier for the SARIF upload.
ResultsCount	Int			The total number of results in the analysis.
RulesCount	Int			The total number of rules used in the analysis.
ToolName	String			The name of the tool used to generate the code scanning analysis.
ToolGuid	String			The GUID of the tool used to generate the code scanning analysis.
ToolVersion	String			The version of the tool used to generate the code scanning analysis.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The time that the analysis was created.
Deletable	Bool			Whether this analysis can be deleted.
PullRequestNumber	Int			The number of the pull request for the results you want to list.

Collaborators

Lists collaborators in a repository, including their roles, permissions, and contributions to the project.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Collaborators]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the user.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key identifying the user in the database.
Login	String			The username associated with the user's GitHub account.
Name	String			The user's publicly displayed name on their GitHub profile.
Email	String			The publicly visible email address listed on the user's profile, if available.
TwitterUsername	String			The user's Twitter handle, if linked to their GitHub profile.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns specified by the user on their profile.
Bio	String			A short biography provided by the user to describe themselves.
BioHTML	String			The user's bio formatted in HTML for display on web pages.
Company	String			The company or organization the user is affiliated with, as listed on their profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The user's company information formatted as HTML.
Location	String			The geographic location specified by the user on their profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has repositories or gists that can be pinned to their profile. Accepts a filter argument for specific item types.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional repositories or gists the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hiring.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is following the currently authenticated viewer.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user has GitHub site administrator privileges.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is recognized as a GitHub Star for their contributions to the community.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			True if this user or organization is sponsoring the currently authenticated viewer.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is the currently authenticated viewer.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer is able to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer is able to sponsor this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer is following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			True if the currently authenticated viewer is sponsoring this user or organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer has permission to create new projects for this user or organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to pin repositories and gists to the user's GitHub profile.
StatusId	String			A unique identifier for the emoji representing the user's current status.
StatusEmoji	String			The emoji used to summarize the user's current status, such as availability or activity.
StatusMessage	String			A short custom message set by the user to describe what they are currently doing.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			True if the user's status indicates limited availability on GitHub, such as being away or unavailable.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The status emoji formatted as HTML for rendering on web pages.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the user's status was first created.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration timestamp for the user's status, after which it is no longer be visible.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp of the last update made to the user's status.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier of the organization associated with the user's status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization to which the user belongs, if applicable.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The type of limit currently imposed on interactions with the user's profile (for example, comment restrictions).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The source or origin of the interaction limit, such as user settings or a GitHub policy.
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration timestamp of the active interaction limit, indicating when the restriction will be lifted.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization has a public listing on GitHub Sponsors to receive financial support.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income (in cents USD) that the user or organization receives through GitHub Sponsors.
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated payout (in cents USD) the user or organization will receive from GitHub Sponsors during the next disbursement.
SponsorsListingId	String			The unique identifier of the GitHub Sponsors listing associated with the user or organization.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing for the user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount (in cents USD) the user or organization has spent sponsoring other GitHub users or projects.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path that leads to this user's profile resource in the GitHub API.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path listing the user's projects available through the GitHub API.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL pointing to the user's public GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL listing the user's GitHub projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's personal or professional website or blog, if available.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's avatar image on GitHub. The 'size' parameter can be specified to adjust the image resolution.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint used for GitHub Copilot services, providing access to Copilot features.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The endpoint for tracking the origin of requests made to GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint used for routing requests made to GitHub Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The endpoint used for sending telemetry data related to GitHub Copilot usage.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when this user's GitHub profile or object was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the user's GitHub profile or object was last updated.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories that the user owns on GitHub.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of users who are following this user on GitHub.
Permission	String			The level of permission granted to the user for the repository, such as 'read', 'write', or 'admin'.
RepositoryId	String			The unique identifier for the repository that the user has access to.

CommitComments

Tracks comments made on specific commits, providing insights into discussions and feedback related to code changes.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CommitComments]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the commit comment, used for referencing it within the system.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key for this commit comment in the database.
Body	String			The content of the comment, written in Markdown format for formatting flexibility.
BodyText	String			The body of the comment, rendered as plain text, with Markdown removed.
BodyHTML	String			The body of the comment, rendered as HTML, preserving Markdown formatting for web display.
Author	String			The username of the individual who authored the comment on the commit.
AuthorAssociation	String			Describes the author's relationship to the subject of the comment (for example, 'OWNER', 'COLLABORATOR').
Editor	String			The username of the person who last edited the comment, if applicable.
IsMinimized	Bool			Indicates whether the comment has been minimized (that is, collapsed) for display purposes.
MinimizedReason	String			Provides a reason for why the comment was minimized, if available.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether the comment was created by replying to an email notification from GitHub.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether the comment was edited after it was initially created, with the creation data included.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access this specific comment resource in the GitHub API.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL where the comment can be accessed on GitHub.
LastEditedAt	Datetime			The timestamp of the most recent edit made to the comment.
PublishedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment was originally published.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment object was created, including its first submission.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment was last updated, reflecting changes to its content or metadata.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer authored this comment.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to delete this comment.
ViewerCanMinimize	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can minimize this comment to hide it.
ViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is allowed to react (for example, thumbs up or thumbs down) to this comment.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to edit or update this comment.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			Lists the reasons why the current viewer cannot update this comment, such as permission issues or content restrictions.
ReactionGroups	String			A list of grouped reactions (for example, thumbs up, thumbs down) left by users on this comment.
ViewerId	String			The unique identifier for the viewer who is accessing or interacting with the comment.
CommitId	String	Commits.Id		The unique identifier for the commit associated with the comment, if applicable.
Path	String			The file path that the comment refers to within the commit's changes.
Position	Int			The line number or position within the file where the comment is associated.

CommitCompare

Stores a detailed list of commits generated from a comparison of two references, such as branches or tags.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Base supports the '=' comparison operator.
Head supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following query is processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CommitCompare] WHERE [Base] = 'Val1' AND [Head] = 'Val2'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App. The Base and Head filters are mandatory to query these views.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Type [KEY]	String			The type of the commit, indicating its purpose or classification (for example, 'merge', 'update', 'feature').
Id [KEY]	String	Commits.Id		The unique node ID associated with this commit, used for internal reference within the system.
Oid	String	Commits.Oid		The unique SHA identifier for the commit, representing a cryptographic hash of the commit's contents.
Url	String			The URL used to access the commit details via the GitHub API.
HtmlUrl	String			The URL to view this commit directly in a web browser on GitHub.
CommentsUrl	String			The URL for accessing any comments associated with this commit.
CommentCount	Int			The number of comments currently made on this commit, indicating user interaction.
TreeSha	String			The SHA hash of the tree object associated with this commit, identifying the directory structure at the time of the commit.
TreeUrl	String			The URL for accessing the tree structure (that is, the files and directories) related to this commit.
GitUrl	String			The URL that provides access to Git-specific information about the commit, often used for Git operations.
Message	String			The commit message provided by the author, summarizing the changes made in this commit.
AuthorName	String			The name of the person who authored the commit.
AuthorEmail	String			The email address of the author who made the commit, often used for contact or attribution.
AuthorLogin	String			The GitHub username of the commit author, used to reference the author within the GitHub platform.
AuthorId	Int			A unique identifier assigned to the author within GitHub's database.
AuthorNodeId	String			The unique node ID assigned to the author, used internally by GitHub for reference.
AuthorAvatarUrl	String			The URL pointing to the author's avatar image, displayed on their profile or commit history.
AuthorGravatarId	String			The Gravatar ID associated with the author, used for avatar management across various services.
AuthorUrl	String			The API URL for accessing the author's GitHub profile data programmatically.
AuthorHtmlUrl	String			The HTML URL that leads to the author's profile page on GitHub, where their repositories and contributions can be viewed.
AuthorFollowersUrl	String			The URL for accessing the list of followers of the author, showing their connections within GitHub.
AuthorFollowingUrl	String			The URL for accessing the list of users the author is following, which indicates their network and collaboration links.
AuthorGistsUrl	String			The URL for accessing the author's public gists, which are small code snippets or files shared within GitHub.
AuthorStarredUrl	String			The URL for accessing the repositories that the author has starred, indicating their favorite or most important projects.
AuthorSubscriptionsUrl	String			The URL for accessing the author's subscription list, showing the repositories or users they are subscribed to for notifications.
AuthorOrganizationsUrl	String			The URL for accessing the organizations that the author belongs to, useful for viewing their team collaborations.
AuthorReposUrl	String			The URL for accessing the author's repositories, where all their contributed or owned repositories are listed.
AuthorEventsUrl	String			The URL for accessing the events generated by the author, such as push events, pull requests, etc.
AuthorReceivedEventsUrl	String			The URL for accessing events received by the author, such as comments or mentions by others.
AuthorType	String			Indicates the type of the author, such as 'User' or 'Organization'.
AuthorSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the author is a GitHub site administrator, providing them with elevated access and privileges within the platform.
AuthorStarredAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the author starred this repository, indicating their interest or endorsement of the repository.
AuthorDate	Datetime			The date and time when the commit was authored, reflecting when the changes were initially made.
AuthorUserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
CommitterName	String			The name of the committer who finalized the commit, potentially different from the author if they are distinct individuals.
CommitterEmail	String			The email address of the committer, providing a point of contact for the person who made the commit.
CommitterLogin	String			The GitHub username of the committer, used to identify them within GitHub.
CommitterId	Int			The unique identifier of the committer within GitHub's database, used for internal referencing.
CommitterNodeId	String			The unique node ID assigned to the committer, a system-wide identifier used in GitHub's infrastructure.
CommitterAvatarUrl	String			The URL pointing to the committer's avatar image, used to visually identify them across the platform.
CommitterGravatarId	String			The Gravatar ID associated with the committer, used for cross-service avatar management.
CommitterUrl	String			The API URL for accessing the committer's profile data, useful for automated tools and integrations.
CommitterHtmlUrl	String			The HTML URL that leads to the committer's public profile on GitHub.
CommitterFollowersUrl	String			The URL to view the list of followers of the committer, indicating their network within GitHub.
CommitterFollowingUrl	String			The URL to view the list of users that the committer is following, indicating their interests and collaborations.
CommitterGistsUrl	String			The URL to access the committer's public gists, which are shared snippets of code or documentation.
CommitterStarredUrl	String			The URL for accessing repositories that the committer has starred, indicating their favorite or noteworthy projects.
CommitterSubscriptionsUrl	String			The URL for accessing the committer's subscription list, showing repositories or users they are subscribed to for notifications.
CommitterOrganizationsUrl	String			The URL to access the organizations the committer belongs to, providing information about their professional associations.
CommitterReposUrl	String			The URL for accessing the committer's repositories, which lists all the repositories they own or contribute to.
CommitterEventsUrl	String			The URL for accessing events that the committer has performed, such as pushes or pull requests.
CommitterReceivedEventsUrl	String			The URL for accessing events received by the committer, like comments or mentions from others.
CommitterType	String			Indicates the type of the committer (for example, 'User', 'Bot', or 'Organization').
CommitterSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the committer has site administrator privileges on GitHub, providing them with special access and control.
CommitterStarredAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the committer starred this repository, showing their personal endorsement of the repository.
CommitterDate	Datetime			The date and time when the commit was actually made, reflecting when the changes were committed to the repository.
CommitterUserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
VerificationVerified	Bool			Indicates whether the commit has been verified, confirming the authenticity of the commit's source.
VerificationReason	String			The reason explaining why the commit was or was not verified, such as security or trust issues.
VerificationPayload	String			The payload used during the commit verification process, providing technical details related to the verification process.
VerificationSignature	String			The cryptographic signature used for verifying the commit, ensuring the integrity and origin of the changes.
VerificationVerifiedAt	Datetime			The date the signature was verified by GitHub.
StatsAdditions	Int			The number of lines of code added in this commit, indicating the extent of new content introduced.
StatsDeletions	Int			The number of lines of code deleted in this commit, showing the scope of changes that removed content.
StatsTotal	Int			The total number of lines changed in this commit, which is the sum of both added and deleted lines.
Parents	String			The list of parent commits for this commit, representing the commit history leading up to the current commit. Multiple parents indicate a merge commit.
Base	String			The ref (branch, tag, or commit hash) that serves as the base for a comparison, representing the starting point in the comparison between two commits.
Head	String			The ref (branch, tag, or commit hash) that serves as the head for a comparison, representing the endpoint in the comparison between two commits.

CommitCompareFiles

Tracks files modified during a comparison between two references, providing details on up to 300 changed files for review.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Base supports the '=' comparison operator.
Head supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following query is processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CommitCompareFiles] WHERE [Base] = 'Val1' AND [Head] = 'Val2'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App. The Base and Head filters are mandatory to query these views.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Sha [KEY]	String			The SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) of the file, uniquely identifying the file's content in the repository.
FileName	String			The name of the file that was changed in the commit.
Additions	Int			The number of lines added to the file in this commit.
Deletions	Int			The number of lines deleted from the file in this commit.
Changes	Int			The total number of changes made to the file, including additions and deletions.
Status	String			The status of the file in the commit, such as 'modified', 'added', or 'removed'.
BlobUrl	String			A URL linking to the file in blob format, representing the file's content at the time of the commit.
RawUrl	String			A direct URL linking to the raw content of the file, allowing users to view the file as plain text.
ContentsUrl	String			A URL linking to the file served by the content management system, providing access to the file's content.
Patch	String			A diff-format representation of the changes made to the file, showing additions and deletions.
PreviousFileName	String			The name of the file before any changes were made in this commit, if applicable (for example, in renaming).
Base	String			The ref (branch, tag, or commit hash) that serves as the starting point for a comparison between the file versions.
Head	String			The ref (branch, tag, or commit hash) that serves as the endpoint for a comparison between the file versions.

CommitFiles

Details files modified in specific commits, including filenames, change types (for example, added, deleted, modified), and related metadata.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

CommitOid supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [CommitFiles]
SELECT * FROM [CommitFiles] WHERE [CommitOid] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
CommitId [KEY]	String	Commits.Id		The node ID of the commit, uniquely identifying the commit in the repository history.
CommitOid	String	Commits.Oid		The SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) of the commit, which serves as a unique identifier for this commit.
Sha [KEY]	String			The SHA of the file, uniquely identifying the file's content in the commit.
FileName	String			The name of the file that was modified in the commit.
Additions	Int			The number of lines added to the file in this commit.
Deletions	Int			The number of lines deleted from the file in this commit.
Changes	Int			The total number of changes made to the file, including both additions and deletions.
Status	String			The status of the file after the commit, such as 'modified', 'added', or 'removed'.
BlobUrl	String			A URL linking to the file in blob format, which represents the file's content at the time of the commit.
RawUrl	String			A direct URL linking to the raw content of the file, allowing access to the file as plain text.
ContentsUrl	String			A URL linking to the file served by the content management system, providing access to the file's content.
Patch	String			A diff representation of the changes made to the file, showing additions and deletions.
PreviousFileName	String			The name of the file before it was changed in this commit, applicable in case of renaming.

Forks

Provides metadata about forks created from a repository, including fork ownership and purpose, to support collaboration and innovation.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

HasIssuesEnabled supports the '=' comparison operator.
IsLocked supports the '=' comparison operator.
IsPrivate supports the '=' comparison operator.
Visibility supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Forks]
SELECT * FROM [Forks] WHERE [HasIssuesEnabled] = true
SELECT * FROM [Forks] WHERE [IsLocked] = true
SELECT * FROM [Forks] WHERE [IsPrivate] = true
SELECT * FROM [Forks] WHERE [Visibility] = 'PRIVATE'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Name
StargazerCount
CreatedAt
UpdatedAt
PushedAt

SELECT * FROM [Forks] ORDER BY [Name]
SELECT * FROM [Forks] ORDER BY [StargazerCount]
SELECT * FROM [Forks] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [Forks] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [Forks] ORDER BY [PushedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier assigned to the fork.
ForkOwnerLogin	String			The login name of the user or organization that owns the fork.
Name	String			The name of the fork.
Description	String			A brief description of the fork.
DescriptionHTML	String			The HTML version of the fork description.
HasIssuesEnabled	Bool			Indicates if the 'Issues' feature is enabled for this fork.
IsLocked	Bool			Indicates whether the fork is locked (true or false).
IsPrivate	Bool			Identifies whether the fork is private (true) or public (false).
Visibility	String			The visibility level of the fork (for example, 'public', 'private'). The allowed values are PRIVATE, PUBLIC, INTERNAL.
ForkCount	Int			The total number of forks that this fork has in the entire network.
StargazerCount	Int			The number of stargazers who have starred this fork.
ForkingAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether forking is allowed for this fork.
Url	String			The HTTP URL that points to the fork.
MirrorUrl	String			The mirror URL for this fork, if applicable.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the fork was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the fork was last updated.
PushedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the fork was last pushed to.

IssueAssignedActors

Lists information about the assigned actors to the repository's issues.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

IssueNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [IssueAssignedActors]
SELECT * FROM [IssueAssignedActors] WHERE [IssueNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
IssueNumber [KEY]	Integer	Issues.Number		Identifies the issue number associated with the assigned actor.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the assigned actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

IssueAssignees

Tracks users assigned to issues within a repository, detailing responsibilities and roles for task ownership.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

IssueNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [IssueAssignees]
SELECT * FROM [IssueAssignees] WHERE [IssueNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique ID of the user assigned to the issue.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key for the user in the database.
Login	String			The username that is used by the user to login.
Name	String			The user's public profile name.
Email	String			The user's publicly visible profile email.
TwitterUsername	String			The user's Twitter username.
Pronouns	String			The user's profile pronouns.
Bio	String			The user's public profile bio.
BioHTML	String			The user's public profile bio rendered in HTML.
Company	String			The company listed in the user's public profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The user's company name rendered in HTML.
Location	String			The location of the user as listed on their public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the repository owner has any items that can be pinned to their profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of items that the profile owner can still pin.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the owner has any pinned repositories or gists.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a part of the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is following the viewer. This is the inverse of viewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a GitHub site administrator.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Stars Program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is sponsored by this user or organization.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is the viewer.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is able to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is able to sponsor this user or organization.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is sponsoring this user or organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects on this owner's account.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can pin repositories and gists to their profile.
StatusId	String			The ID associated with the user's status emoji.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji representing the user's current status.
StatusMessage	String			A brief message describing what the user is currently doing.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user's status signifies limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The HTML representation of the status emoji.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the status was created.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date of the status. The status is not shown after this date.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the status was last updated.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The ID of the organization associated with the user's status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			Describes the current interaction limit imposed on this object.
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			Indicates the source or origin of the active interaction limit.
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The time when the current interaction limit expires.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount of the next GitHub Sponsors payout, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The ID of the GitHub Sponsors listing.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount spent by the user/organization on GitHub Sponsors, in cents (USD). This value is only available for users who can manage sponsorships.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this user.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The HTTP path listing the user's projects.
Url	String			The HTTP URL for this user's profile.
ProjectsUrl	String			The HTTP URL listing the user's projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public website or blog.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public avatar. The 'size' argument specifies the size of the resulting square image.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint for Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The endpoint used for Copilot's origin tracking.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint used for Copilot services.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint used by Copilot for data tracking.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the object was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the object was last updated.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by the user.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of followers the user has.
IssueNumber [KEY]	Int	Issues.Number		The issue number associated with the assignee.

IssuePullRequests

Connects issues to related pull requests, allowing traceability between reported problems and their solutions.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

IssueNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
UserLinkedOnly supports the '=' comparison operator.
ExcludeClosedPullRequests supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [IssuePullRequests]
SELECT * FROM [IssuePullRequests] WHERE [IssueNumber] = 123
SELECT * FROM [IssuePullRequests] WHERE [UserLinkedOnly] = true
SELECT * FROM [IssuePullRequests] WHERE [ExcludeClosedPullRequests] = true

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
IssueId [KEY]	String	Issues.Id		The unique identifier for an issue within the repository.
IssueNumber	Int	Issues.Number		The sequential number assigned to an issue within the repository.
IssueAuthor	String			The username of the user who created the issue.
IssueState	String			The current state of the issue, such as open, closed, or draft.
IssueTitle	String			The title summarizing the issue's purpose or content.
IssueLastEditedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was last edited by any user.
IssuePublishedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was first published.
IssueClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was marked as closed.
IssueUpdatedAt	Datetime			The most recent date and time the issue's content or metadata was updated.
IssueCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was initially created.
PullRequestId [KEY]	String	PullRequests.Id		The unique identifier for a pull request within the repository.
PullRequestNumber	Int	PullRequests.Number		The sequential number assigned to a pull request within the repository.
PullRequestState	String			The current state of the pull request, such as open, closed, or merged.
PullRequestAuthor	String			The username of the user who created the pull request.
PullRequestTitle	String			The title summarizing the pull request's purpose or changes.
PullRequestReviewDecision	String			The current review status of the pull request, such as approved or changes requested.
PullRequestMergeable	String			Indicates whether the pull request can be merged, considering potential merge conflicts.
PullRequestLastEditedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was last edited by any user.
PullRequestMergedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was successfully merged.
PullRequestClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was marked as closed.
PullRequestPublishedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was first published.
PullRequestUpdatedAt	Datetime			The most recent date and time the pull request's content or metadata was updated.
PullRequestCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was initially created.
UserLinkedOnly	Bool			Filters results to include only pull requests manually linked to issues.
ExcludeClosedPullRequests	Bool			Filters results to exclude pull requests that are closed.

IssueSuggestedActors

Lists information about the suggested actors to the repository's issues.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

IssueNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [IssueSuggestedActors]
SELECT * FROM [IssueSuggestedActors] WHERE [IssueNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
IssueNumber [KEY]	Integer	Issues.Number		Identifies the issue number associated with the suggested actor.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the suggested actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

IssueTypes

Lists information about repository issue types.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [IssueTypes]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The id of the issue type.
Name	String			The name of the issue type.
Description	String			The description of the issue type.
IsEnabled	Bool			The enabled state of the issue type.
Color	String			The color of the issue type.

MentionableUsers

Identifies users who can be mentioned in repository discussions, including issues, pull requests, and comments, based on permissions.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operator:

Login supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [MentionableUsers]
SELECT * FROM [MentionableUsers] WHERE [Login] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the user within the GitHub platform.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the user record in the GitHub database.
Login	String			The username the user uses to log in to GitHub.
Name	String			The public profile name of the user, as displayed on their GitHub account.
Email	String			The user's publicly visible email address, if provided.
TwitterUsername	String			The user's Twitter username, if linked to their GitHub profile.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns the user has chosen for their public profile.
Bio	String			The user's brief description or bio displayed on their public profile.
BioHTML	String			The user's bio formatted in HTML for rendering on their profile.
Company	String			The company the user publicly associates with on their profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The user's company name formatted in HTML for rendering.
Location	String			The location the user has provided on their GitHub profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has any repositories or other items that can be pinned to their profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is part of the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is following the current viewer (inverse of viewerIsFollowing).
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a site administrator for GitHub.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Stars Program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is being sponsored by this user or organization.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the current user is the viewer (that is, the user making the request).
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can sponsor this user or organization.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is currently following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is sponsoring this user or organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can create new projects under this owner.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to pin repositories or gists to the owner's profile.
StatusId	String			The unique identifier for the user's status emoji.
StatusEmoji	String			The emoji representing the user's current status.
StatusMessage	String			A brief description of the user's current activity or status.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user's status suggests they are not fully available on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The status emoji represented as HTML code for embedding.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was created.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date for the status, after which it is no longer be displayed.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was last updated.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier for the organization associated with the status, if applicable.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the status, if applicable.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The current interaction limit in place on this object, if any.
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The source of the active interaction limit on this object.
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The date and time when the current interaction limit expires.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income this user or organization receives through GitHub Sponsors, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount this user or organization will receive in their next GitHub Sponsors payout, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The unique identifier for the GitHub Sponsors listing associated with this user or organization.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount this user or organization has spent on GitHub sponsorships, in US cents. Only visible to the user themselves or those who can manage sponsorships.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access the user's profile.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access the user's project listings.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL to the user's GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL to the user's project listings.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's personal website or blog.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's avatar image.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint for GitHub Copilot.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The origin tracker endpoint for GitHub Copilot.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint for GitHub Copilot.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint for GitHub Copilot.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Represents the exact date and time when the user or object was first created in the system. This field can be used to track the object's lifecycle or for filtering and sorting based on creation date.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Represents the most recent date and time when the user or object was modified. It can be helpful for tracking changes, updates, or for identifying the last time the record was actively managed.
RepositoryCount	Int			Indicates how many repositories are currently owned by the user. This is a count of all repositories that have been created or forked by the user, providing insight into their activity level in terms of repository creation.
FollowerCount	Int			Displays the total number of followers associated with the user’s profile. This metric reflects the user’s popularity or influence within the GitHub community.

MergeQueueEntries

Tracks individual pull requests in the merge queue, including their statuses and any pending actions for orderly processing.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [MergeQueueEntries]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			Represents a unique identifier for the merge queue entry, ensuring each entry in the queue can be uniquely referenced or tracked.
RepositoryId	String			Specifies the unique identifier of the repository that this merge queue entry is associated with. This helps link the entry to a specific project or codebase.
RepositoryMergeQueueId	String			Indicates the unique identifier for the specific merge queue to which this entry belongs. This ties the entry to a particular queue within the repository for processing.
BaseCommitId	String			Represents the commit ID that corresponds to the base state of the branch before the merge operation begins. This provides a reference point for the changes being introduced.
EnqueuedAt	Datetime			The exact date and time when this merge queue entry was added. This timestamp is useful for tracking how long an entry has been waiting in the queue.
EstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			An estimate, in seconds, of the time required for this entry to be merged into the target branch. This helps prioritize entries based on expected merge times.
HeadCommitId	String			The commit ID representing the most recent changes made to the branch that is being merged. It shows the latest state of the branch being worked on.
Jump	Bool			Indicates whether this particular pull request is allowed to bypass the normal processing order in the merge queue. A value of 'true' means it can jump ahead of other entries.
Position	Int			Displays the current position of this merge queue entry within the queue. A lower number represents a higher priority for merging.
PullRequestId	String			The unique identifier for the pull request associated with this merge queue entry. It links the queue entry to a specific pull request in the repository.
Solo	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request needs to be deployed independently of other changes. If 'true', the pull request is merged without other concurrent changes.
State	String			Describes the current status of the merge queue entry. Common states include 'QUEUED' (waiting for processing), 'MERGING' (currently being merged), or 'FAILED' (an error occurred during the merge).

MergeQueues

Provides an overview of active merge queues in a repository, listing pull requests and their order for systematic integration.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

Branch supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [MergeQueues]
SELECT * FROM [MergeQueues] WHERE [Branch] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			Represents a unique identifier for the merge queue, ensuring each merge queue can be distinctly referenced or tracked.
ResourcePath	String			Specifies the relative HTTP path to access the merge queue within the GitHub API. This allows interaction with the merge queue programmatically by specifying the appropriate API endpoint.
Branch	String	Branches.Name		Indicates the name of the branch for which the merge queue is being retrieved. This is useful when managing queues for specific branches that need to be merged into the main codebase.
Url	String			Provides the full HTTP URL to access the merge queue through the GitHub API. This is the complete web address used for interacting with the merge queue via HTTP requests.
RepositoryId	String			Specifies the unique identifier of the repository that this merge queue is associated with. It helps identify the repository to which the merge queue belongs within GitHub.
NextEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			Represents the estimated time, in seconds, for the next entry to be merged in the queue. This helps predict when the next merge operation will occur.

Milestones

Details milestones in a repository, including their goals, deadlines, and associated issues or pull requests for project tracking.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Number supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
State supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Milestones]
SELECT * FROM [Milestones] WHERE [Number] = 123
SELECT * FROM [Milestones] WHERE [State] = 'OPEN'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process ORDER BY clause conditions that are built with the following columns:

Number
DueOn
UpdatedAt
CreatedAt

SELECT * FROM [Milestones] ORDER BY [Number]
SELECT * FROM [Milestones] ORDER BY [DueOn]
SELECT * FROM [Milestones] ORDER BY [UpdatedAt]
SELECT * FROM [Milestones] ORDER BY [CreatedAt]

The Sync App uses client-side processing when ordering by any other columns. This impacts performance.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			Represents a unique identifier for the milestone, ensuring it can be distinctly referenced or tracked within the project or repository.
Title	String			Specifies the title of the milestone, which typically summarizes its goal or intended outcome, such as 'Version 2.0 Release' or 'Bug Fixes'. This helps users quickly understand the focus of the milestone.
Closed	Bool			Indicates whether the milestone has been closed. The criteria for closure might differ depending on the specific project or repository, but a 'true' value signifies that the milestone is no longer active.
ProgressPercentage	Double			Represents the current completion progress of the milestone, shown as a percentage from 0 to 100. This value is typically calculated based on completed issues or tasks associated with the milestone.
Description	String			Provides a detailed description outlining the objectives, scope, or tasks related to the milestone. This offers further context for what needs to be achieved to consider the milestone complete.
Number	Int			A unique sequential number assigned to the milestone within the repository. This number helps identify milestones in the order they were created.
State	String			Describes the current status of the milestone. Common values include 'OPEN' (active and ongoing) or 'CLOSED' (completed and no longer active). The allowed values are OPEN, CLOSED.
ResourcePath	String			Specifies the relative HTTP path used to access this milestone via the GitHub API. This is useful for API interactions and retrieving milestone data programmatically.
Url	String			Provides the full HTTP URL to directly access this milestone. This URL can be used to view the milestone details in a web browser or interact with the milestone via the API.
ClosedIssueCount	Integer			Identifies the number of closed issues associated with the milestone.
OpenIssueCount	Integer			Identifies the number of open issues associated with the milestone.
DescriptionHTML	String			The HTML rendered description of the milestone using GitHub Flavored Markdown.
ViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the current user has the necessary permissions to close the milestone. A value of 'true' means the user can mark the milestone as closed.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the current user has the necessary permissions to reopen the milestone if it was previously closed. A value of 'true' means the user can reinitiate the milestone if needed.
DueOn	Datetime			Specifies the scheduled date and time by which the milestone is expected to be completed. This serves as a deadline for the milestone, helping teams manage expectations.
ClosedAt	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the milestone was officially closed. This timestamp is recorded once all tasks or objectives for the milestone are completed.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the milestone was last modified. This helps track when changes, such as adjustments to scope or due dates, were made.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Specifies the date and time when the milestone was initially created, providing context for how long the milestone has been in progress.

PullRequestAssignedActors

Assigned actors to this pull request.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PullRequestId	String			The ID of the pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Int			Identifies the pull request number.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the assigned actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

Assigned actors to this pull request.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PullRequestId	String			The ID of the pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Integer			Identifies the pull request number.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the assigned actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

PullRequestComments

Records comments on pull requests, documenting feedback and discussions during the code review process.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestComments]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestComments] WHERE [PullRequestId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			Represents a unique identifier for the comment, allowing the comment to be distinctly referenced or tracked within the system.
Body	String			Contains the main content of the comment written in Markdown format, allowing for rich text, links, images, and other Markdown-supported elements.
BodyText	String			Contains the content of the comment rendered as plain text. This version strips away any formatting and is useful for simple text parsing or processing.
BodyHTML	String			Contains the content of the comment rendered as HTML, allowing for formatted text with applied styles, links, and other HTML elements.
Author	String			Specifies the username of the person who originally authored the comment. This identifies the contributor or reviewer who posted the comment.
AuthorAssociation	String			Describes the relationship between the author and the subject of the comment. Possible values include 'OWNER', 'COLLABORATOR', or 'CONTRIBUTOR', indicating the role of the author in relation to the repository.
Editor	String			Indicates the username of the person who last edited the comment. If the comment has been edited after its original post, this field shows the editor’s username.
IsMinimized	Bool			Indicates whether the comment has been minimized for any reason. A value of 'true' means the comment is minimized and is not fully visible to users by default.
MinimizedReason	String			Provides the reason why the comment was minimized, if applicable. This can be due to content moderation or other factors like spam or inappropriate content.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether the comment was created via an email reply to a GitHub notification. A value of 'true' means the comment originated from email communication.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether the comment includes an edit that was made at the time of creation. This field is useful for tracking whether the comment was edited right after it was created.
ResourcePath	String			Specifies the relative HTTP path to access this comment via the GitHub API. This allows for API interactions and programmatically retrieving the comment.
Url	String			Provides the full HTTP URL to access this comment directly on GitHub. This URL can be used to view the comment in a browser or to link directly to the comment.
LastEditedAt	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the comment was last edited. If the comment has been edited, this timestamp shows when the most recent change occurred.
PublishedAt	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the comment was originally published. This timestamp is recorded when the comment was first posted, before any potential edits.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Specifies the date and time when the comment was initially created. This is the moment the comment was first added to the thread or pull request.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the comment was last updated, including any edits or changes to the comment’s content.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is the author of the comment. A value of 'true' means the viewer is the person who posted the comment.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to delete this comment. A value of 'true' means the viewer can remove the comment from the thread.
ViewerCanMinimize	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to minimize this comment. A value of 'true' means the viewer can collapse the comment to reduce its visibility.
ViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can react to the comment using emoji or other reactions. A value of 'true' means the viewer can add a reaction to the comment.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to update or edit this comment. A value of 'true' means the viewer is allowed to modify the comment.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			A list of reasons why the current viewer cannot update this comment, if applicable. This can include restrictions like 'permission denied' or 'comment is locked'.
IssueId	String			Represents the ID of the issue associated with the comment, if the comment was made on an issue. This links the comment to a specific issue within the repository.
PullRequestId	String			Represents the ID of the pull request associated with the comment, if the comment was made on a pull request. This links the comment to a specific pull request being discussed or reviewed.
FullDatabaseId	Long			Represents a unique identifier for the comment in the database, stored as a BigInt. This ID is used internally within GitHub to reference the comment in the database.

PullRequestCommits

Provides a list of commits included in pull requests, detailing the changes introduced and the commits' authors.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestCommits]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestCommits] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id	String			Represents the unique identifier for the commit, which can be used to reference or track the commit within the GitHub repository.
Oid	String			Represents the Git object ID, a globally unique identifier for the commit in the Git repository, used for identifying commits in Git operations.
AbbreviatedOid	String			A shortened version of the Git object ID, used for easier display and reference in user interfaces where a full ID is not necessary.
ChangedFilesIfAvailable	Int			Represents the number of files changed in this commit. If the number cannot be determined (for example, due to timeouts), the field returns 'null'. It is the preferred field to use over 'changedFiles'.
Additions	Int			Indicates the number of lines added in this commit. This provides insight into the extent of code changes made.
Deletions	Int			Indicates the number of lines deleted in this commit. This gives an idea of how much code was removed in the commit.
AuthoredByCommitter	Bool			Indicates whether the author of the commit is the same as the committer. If 'true', the author and the committer are the same person.
CommittedViaWeb	Bool			Indicates whether the commit was made through GitHub’s web interface, rather than through a Git client.
AuthoredDate	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the commit was authored, based on the author’s local machine settings at the time of creation.
CommittedDate	Datetime			Represents the date and time when the commit was actually committed, based on the commit timestamp recorded by the Git system.
ViewerSubscription	String			Indicates the viewer's current subscription status for the entity, such as 'WATCHING', 'NOT WATCHING', or 'IGNORING'. This allows for tracking user interest.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for the repository, allowing the viewer to adjust their notifications preferences.
Message	String			Contains the full commit message associated with the commit, which might include both the headline and the detailed description of the changes.
MessageBody	String			The body of the commit message, providing a detailed explanation of the changes made in the commit to help reviewers understand the modifications.
MessageHeadline	String			The headline or summary line of the commit message, usually a brief overview of the commit’s purpose or changes.
MessageBodyHTML	String			The body of the commit message rendered as HTML, which allows the message to be displayed with any HTML formatting applied.
MessageHeadlineHTML	String			The headline of the commit message rendered as HTML, providing a visually formatted summary of the commit changes.
ResourcePath	String			Specifies the relative HTTP path to access this commit via the GitHub API, enabling programmatic access to the commit details.
CommitResourcePath	String			Specifies the relative HTTP path for this Git object within the GitHub API, allowing access to detailed information about the specific commit object.
TreeResourcePath	String			Specifies the relative HTTP path to access the commit tree via the GitHub API. The tree represents the file structure as it was at the commit.
Url	String			Provides the full HTTP URL to access this commit directly on GitHub, allowing users to view the commit’s details in a browser.
CommitUrl	String			Provides the full HTTP URL for the specific Git object associated with the commit, enabling access to detailed information about the commit in the repository.
TarballUrl	String			The URL to download a tarball archive of the repository at the commit's state. For private repositories, the URL expires within five minutes.
TreeUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the tree structure of this commit, providing a way to view the file hierarchy of the commit’s changes.
ZipballUrl	String			The URL to download a zipball archive of the repository at the commit's state. This link is temporary and expires within five minutes for private repositories.
AuthorName	String			The name of the author as listed in the Git commit, identifying the individual who wrote the changes in the commit.
AuthorEmail	String			The email address of the commit author, which can be used for contact or identification purposes.
AuthorDate	Datetime			Represents the timestamp when the commit was authored, according to the author’s local machine settings and recorded in the commit.
AuthorUserLogin	String			The GitHub username associated with the author's email, or 'null' if no corresponding user is found on GitHub.
CommitterName	String			The name of the individual or bot who made the commit, as recorded in the Git commit metadata.
CommitterEmail	String			The email address associated with the committer, which is recorded in the Git commit metadata.
CommitterDate	Datetime			The date and time when the commit was created, representing when the commit was authored or committed, depending on the scenario.
CommitterUserLogin	String			The GitHub username linked to the committer's email address. If no matching user is found, the value is 'null'.
OnBehalfOfId	String			A unique identifier for the organization on whose behalf the commit was made, if applicable.
OnBehalfOf	String			The login name of the GitHub organization that is associated with the commit, if the commit was made on behalf of an organization.
SignatureIsValid	Bool			Indicates whether the commit's GPG signature is valid and verified by GitHub. A 'true' value means the signature is verified.
Signature	String			The ASCII-armored GPG signature associated with the commit, which is used to verify the commit's authenticity.
SignatureEmail	String			The email address used in the GPG signature, typically associated with the person or bot who signed the commit.
SignaturePayload	String			The raw data of the commit (without the GPG signature header) that was signed using GPG encryption.
SignatureState	String			The state of the GPG signature, such as 'VALID' if it has been successfully verified, or other values indicating why the signature failed verification.
SignatureSigner	String			The GitHub username of the individual or bot that signed the commit, matching the email used for signing.
WasSignedByGitHub	Bool			Indicates whether the commit was signed using GitHub's own GPG key, marking it as a trusted commit.
SignatureVerifiedAt	Datetime			The date the signature was verified, if valid.
StatusId	String			A unique identifier for the status of the commit, which can be linked to external status checks such as continuous integration results.
StatusState	String			The combined status of the commit reflecting the success or failure of the commit as determined by status checks (for example, 'SUCCESS', 'ERROR').
StatusCheckRollupId	String			A unique identifier for the aggregated status checks and results that apply to the commit.
StatusCheckRollupState	String			The overall result of the combined status checks and any additional validations, such as 'SUCCESS', 'FAILURE', etc.
TreeId	String			The unique identifier for the root tree object that represents the snapshot of the directory structure at the time of the commit.
TreeOid	String			The Git object ID representing the tree associated with the commit, which is a key part of the commit's internal structure.
TreeAbbreviatedOid	String			A shortened version of the full Git object ID for the tree associated with the commit, for easier reference.
TreeCommitUrl	String			The full URL for accessing the commit's tree object on GitHub, allowing access to the directory structure at that commit.
TreeCommitResourcePath	String			The relative path within the GitHub API to access the tree object, used for programmatic access to the commit's directory structure.
PullRequestCommitId [KEY]	String			A unique node ID identifying the specific commit within the context of the pull request, used for referencing this commit in the pull request.
PullRequestCommitResourcePath	String			The relative path within the GitHub API for accessing the specific pull request commit, which is part of the pull request's commit history.
PullRequestCommitUrl	String			The full URL to view the specific pull request commit directly on GitHub, allowing quick access to the commit's page in the pull request.
PullRequestId	String			A unique identifier for the pull request associated with this commit, used to link the commit to the specific pull request in GitHub.
PullRequestNumber	Int			The number assigned to the pull request for identification within the repository, used to track and reference the pull request.

PullRequestFiles

Tracks files modified within pull requests, listing filenames, change types, and details for thorough review.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestFiles]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestFiles] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PullRequestId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the pull request associated with the file changes, used to link these modifications to a specific pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Int			The number assigned to the pull request for identification, allowing users to refer to it easily within the repository's pull request system.
Path [KEY]	String			The relative file path within the repository that was modified by this pull request, showing the location of the file that was changed.
ChangeType	String			The type of modification made to the file in the pull request, such as 'ADDED' for new files, 'MODIFIED' for changes to existing files, or 'DELETED' for removed files.
ViewerViewedState	String			The state of the file as seen by the current user in the context of the review process. This can indicate whether the file has been reviewed, approved, or is still pending review.
Additions	Int			The total number of lines added to the file as part of the changes in this pull request.
Deletions	Int			The total number of lines removed from the file as part of the changes in this pull request.

PullRequestReviewComments

Logs comments made during pull request reviews, capturing feedback, suggestions, and discussions for improving the code.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestReviewId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviewComments]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviewComments] WHERE [PullRequestReviewId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for each review comment, used to distinguish it from other comments in the system.
Body	String			The content of the comment, written in Markdown format, allowing for rich text, links, and other formatting features.
BodyText	String			The plain text version of the comment's body, with all Markdown formatting removed.
BodyHTML	String			The HTML-rendered version of the comment, which shows how the comment appears when viewed on the web.
Author	String			The GitHub username of the person who authored the comment, indicating the individual who wrote the feedback or notes.
AuthorAssociation	String			The relationship between the author and the repository, such as 'OWNER', 'CONTRIBUTOR', or 'COLLABORATOR', indicating their role in the project.
Editor	String			The GitHub username of the person who last edited or modified the comment after it was originally posted.
IsMinimized	Bool			Indicates whether the comment has been minimized or collapsed in the view, which can be done by the author or a reviewer.
MinimizedReason	String			The reason why the comment was minimized, such as it being flagged as less relevant or having an insignificant impact.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether the comment was created via email, such as through an email reply to a pull request notification.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether the comment has been edited after it was first created, and whether it includes information on the original creation of the comment.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the review comment through the GitHub API, which can be used to retrieve the comment programmatically.
Url	String			The full URL to access the comment directly on GitHub, which allows viewing and interacting with the comment on the platform.
LastEditedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment was last edited, showing when the most recent update to the comment was made.
PublishedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment was first published, marking the initial moment it became visible to others.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment was created, representing the exact time when the comment was first added to the system.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the comment was last updated, which can be an edit or a new reply within the conversation thread.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is the author of the comment. A value of 'true' means the viewer is the one who wrote the comment.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to delete the comment, typically based on their role or relationship to the repository.
ViewerCanMinimize	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to minimize or collapse the comment in their view.
ViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can react to the comment, such as adding a thumbs-up, thumbs-down, or other emoji reactions.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to edit or update the comment after it has been posted.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			Lists the reasons why the current viewer is unable to update or edit the comment, which can be due to permissions or specific restrictions.
PullRequestId	String			The ID of the pull request that this comment is associated with, linking the comment to the relevant pull request on GitHub.
PullRequestReviewId	String			The ID of the review to which this comment belongs, helping to group comments within a specific pull request review session.
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key identifier for the comment in the underlying database, represented as a BigInt, used internally for data storage and reference.

PullRequestReviews

Stores details of reviews conducted on pull requests, including reviewer actions (approved, requested changes, commented) and timestamps.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

Author supports the '=' comparison operator.
PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
State supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviews]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviews] WHERE [Author] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviews] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestReviews] WHERE [State] = 'PENDING'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier for the pull request review, used to distinguish this review from others in the system.
Body	String			The content of the review, written in Markdown format, which typically includes feedback or comments about the pull request.
BodyText	String			The plain text version of the review's body, with all Markdown formatting removed for a simpler, text-only view.
BodyHTML	String			The HTML-rendered version of the review body, designed for displaying the review as formatted text on the web.
Author	String			The GitHub username of the individual who authored the review, indicating the person who provided the feedback.
AuthorAssociation	String			The association of the author with the pull request subject, such as 'OWNER', 'CONTRIBUTOR', or 'COLLABORATOR', indicating their role in the project.
Editor	String			The GitHub username of the individual who last edited the review comment, showing who made the most recent changes to the review.
IsMinimized	Bool			Indicates whether the review comment has been minimized or collapsed by the viewer, possibly to reduce clutter in the UI.
MinimizedReason	String			Describes the reason why the comment was minimized, such as it being less relevant or flagged by the viewer.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether the review comment was created through an email reply to the review request, often from email notifications.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether the review comment includes an edit along with its creation data, reflecting that the comment has been modified since it was first posted.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the review comment through the GitHub API, used for programmatically retrieving the review.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL that directs to the review comment directly on GitHub, allowing users to view it in the GitHub interface.
LastEditedAt	Datetime			The timestamp indicating when the review comment was last edited, showing when the comment was last updated.
PublishedAt	Datetime			The timestamp indicating when the review comment was first published and visible to others.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp indicating when the review comment was created, marking the original moment it was submitted.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The timestamp indicating when the review comment was last updated, reflecting any edits made since its creation.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is the author of the review comment. A value of 'true' means the viewer is the one who wrote the review.
ViewerCanDelete	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to delete the review comment, typically based on their role in the repository.
ViewerCanMinimize	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer can minimize or collapse the review comment in their interface to streamline the view.
ViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to react to the review comment, such as adding emojis or other reactions.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to edit or update the review comment after it has been posted.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			Lists the reasons why the current viewer is unable to update the review comment, which can include permissions or restrictions.
ReactionGroups	String			A list of reaction types (such as 'thumbs-up' or 'thumbs-down') grouped by the content left on the review comment, showing the reactions the comment has received.
ViewerId	String			The unique identifier of the viewer interacting with the review comment, typically used to track the individual’s actions and permissions.
PullRequestId	String	PullRequests.Id		The unique identifier of the pull request associated with this review, linking the review directly to the specific pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Int			The number assigned to the pull request associated with this review, providing a reference for the review within the repository.
CommitId	String			The identifier of the commit that this review is associated with, linking the review to a specific commit in the pull request.
SubmittedAt	Datetime			The timestamp when the pull request review was officially submitted, indicating when the review was completed and submitted to the system.
State	String			The current state of the pull request review, indicating its status (for example, 'APPROVED', 'CHANGES_REQUESTED'). This reflects the reviewer's decision regarding the pull request. The allowed values are PENDING, COMMENTED, APPROVED, CHANGES_REQUESTED, DISMISSED.
AuthorCanPushToRepository	Bool			Indicates whether the author of the review has the necessary permissions to push changes directly to the repository. This can be useful for identifying if the reviewer can make updates themselves.
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key identifier for the review comment in the database, represented as a BigInt. This is used internally for database queries and tracking.

PullRequestSuggestedActors

Suggested actors for this pull request.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestSuggestedActors]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestSuggestedActors] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PullRequestId	String			The ID of the pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Integer			Identifies the pull request number.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the suggested actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

ReleaseAssets

Lists assets attached to repository releases, including binary files, source code archives, and other downloadable content for distribution.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following columns and operators:

ReleaseTagName supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.
Name supports the '=' comparison operator.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ReleaseAssets]
SELECT * FROM [ReleaseAssets] WHERE [ReleaseTagName] = 'Val1'
SELECT * FROM [ReleaseAssets] WHERE [Name] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier assigned to the release asset for tracking and reference.
ReleaseTagName	String	Releases.TagName		The tag associated with the release to which this asset belongs, used for versioning and reference.
Name	String			The name or title of the release asset, typically describing the file's content or purpose.
ContentType	String			The MIME type that indicates the format of the release asset (for example, 'application/zip', 'image/png').
Size	Int			The total file size of the release asset, measured in bytes.
UploadedBy	String			The GitHub username of the user who uploaded this asset to the release.
Url	String			The API URL that provides access to metadata and information about the release asset.
DownloadCount	Int			The total number of times this release asset has been downloaded by users.
DownloadUrl	String			The direct URL to download the release asset through a web browser or other tools.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the release asset was last modified or updated.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the release asset was originally uploaded to the release.

PullRequestAssignedActors

Assigned actors to this pull request.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PullRequestId	String			The ID of the pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Int			Identifies the pull request number.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the assigned actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

Assigned actors to this pull request.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

PullRequestNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors]
SELECT * FROM [PullRequestAssignedActors] WHERE [PullRequestNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
PullRequestId	String			The ID of the pull request.
PullRequestNumber	Integer			Identifies the pull request number.
Id [KEY]	String			Id of the assigned actor.
AvatarURL	String			A URL pointing to the actor's public avatar.
Login	String			The username of the actor.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this actor.
URL	String			The HTTP URL for this actor.

SecretScanningAlertLocations

Lists all locations where a secret scanning alert was detected.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

AlertNumber supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlertLocations]
SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningAlertLocations] WHERE [AlertNumber] = 123

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
AlertNumber	Int	SecretScanningAlerts.Number		The security alert number.
Type	String			The location type where the secret was found.
Path	String			The file path in the repository (for commit and wiki_commit types).
StartLine	Int			Line number at which the secret starts in the file (for commit and wiki_commit types).
EndLine	Int			Line number at which the secret ends in the file (for commit and wiki_commit types).
StartColumn	Int			Column at which the secret starts (for commit and wiki_commit types).
EndColumn	Int			Column at which the secret ends (for commit and wiki_commit types).
BlobSha	String			SHA-1 hash ID of the associated blob (for commit and wiki_commit types).
BlobUrl	String			The API URL to get the associated blob resource (for commit type).
CommitSha	String			SHA-1 hash ID of the associated commit (for commit and wiki_commit types).
CommitUrl	String			The API/GitHub URL to get the associated commit resource (for commit and wiki_commit types).
PageUrl	String			The GitHub URL to get the associated wiki page (for wiki_commit type).
IssueTitleUrl	String			The API URL to get the issue where the secret was detected (for issue_title type).
IssueBodyUrl	String			The API URL to get the issue where the secret was detected (for issue_body type).
IssueCommentUrl	String			The API URL to get the issue comment where the secret was detected (for issue_comment type).
DiscussionTitleUrl	String			The URL to the discussion where the secret was detected (for discussion_title type).
DiscussionBodyUrl	String			The URL to the discussion where the secret was detected (for discussion_body type).
DiscussionCommentUrl	String			The API URL to get the discussion comment where the secret was detected (for discussion_comment type).
PullRequestTitleUrl	String			The API URL to get the pull request where the secret was detected (for pull_request_title type).
PullRequestBodyUrl	String			The API URL to get the pull request where the secret was detected (for pull_request_body type).
PullRequestCommentUrl	String			The API URL to get the pull request comment where the secret was detected (for pull_request_comment type).
PullRequestReviewUrl	String			The API URL to get the pull request review where the secret was detected (for pull_request_review type).
PullRequestReviewCommentUrl	String			The API URL to get the pull request review comment where the secret was detected (for pull_request_review_comment type).

SecretScanningHistory

Lists secret scanning scans by type for the repository.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [SecretScanningHistory]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ScanCategory	String			The category of scan.
Type	String			The type of scan.
Status	String			The state of the scan.
StartedAt	Datetime			The time that the scan was started (empty if scan is pending).
CompletedAt	Datetime			The time that the scan was completed (empty if scan is running or pending).
PatternSlug	String			The slug of the custom pattern (only for custom pattern backfill scans).
PatternScope	String			The scope of the custom pattern (only for custom pattern backfill scans).

Stargazers

Lists users who have starred a repository, indicating their interest in or support for the project.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Stargazers]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier assigned to the user for tracking and reference.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key value for the user as stored in the database.
Login	String			The GitHub username used by the user to log in and interact with the platform.
Name	String			The public display name of the user on their GitHub profile.
Email	String			The publicly visible email address listed on the user's profile, if available.
TwitterUsername	String			The Twitter handle associated with the user's GitHub profile.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns specified by the user on their public GitHub profile.
Bio	String			A brief description or biography provided by the user on their profile.
BioHTML	String			The user's biography formatted and rendered in HTML for profile display.
Company	String			The organization or company the user is affiliated with, as listed on their profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The company information rendered in HTML for profile display.
Location	String			The geographic location specified by the user on their public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has any repositories or gists that can be pinned to their profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has already pinned repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user is open to job opportunities, as stated on their profile.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty Program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is part of the GitHub Campus Experts Program, which promotes technical leadership on campuses.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is currently following the viewer.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user has administrative privileges on GitHub.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program, which provides early access to new features.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a recognized member of the GitHub Stars Program, highlighting influential contributors.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user or organization is sponsoring the viewer on GitHub Sponsors.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is the currently authenticated viewer.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer has permission to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can sponsor this user or organization via GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is currently following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is currently sponsoring this user or organization on GitHub.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the current viewer is authorized to create new projects for this user or organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can pin repositories and gists to the user's profile.
StatusId	String			A unique identifier for the user's status emoji.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji representing the user's current status.
StatusMessage	String			A short message that describes the user's current activity or availability.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user's status message signifies limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The user's status emoji rendered in HTML format.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was first set.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time after which the status will no longer be displayed.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was last updated.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier of the organization associated with the user's status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization linked to the user's status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The current interaction restriction applied to this user (for example, limits on comments or contributions).
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The origin of the active interaction restriction (for example, organization or GitHub-wide policy).
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time for the currently active interaction restriction.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization has an active GitHub Sponsors profile.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly GitHub Sponsors income for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount in cents (USD) for the next GitHub Sponsors payout.
SponsorsListingId	String			The unique identifier for the user's GitHub Sponsors listing.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name associated with the GitHub Sponsors listing.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount in cents (USD) that this user has spent sponsoring others on GitHub.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path that provides access to the user's profile on GitHub.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The HTTP path that lists the user's projects.
Url	String			The HTTP URL to the user's profile page on GitHub.
ProjectsUrl	String			The HTTP URL that lists the user's projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			The URL of the user's personal website or blog.
AvatarUrl	String			The URL of the user's avatar image on GitHub.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint used for GitHub Copilot integration.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The GitHub Copilot origin tracking endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint used for GitHub Copilot interactions.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint used for tracking GitHub Copilot usage data.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's GitHub account or organization was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's profile information was last updated.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by the user.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of users following this user.

Topics

Catalogs topics assigned to a repository, helping categorize and improve discoverability through tags such as 'open-source' or 'web-development.'

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Topics]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier of the topic.
URL	String			The HTTP URL that links to the topic's page on GitHub.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the topic within the GitHub platform.
Name	String			The name of the topic.
StargazerCount	Int			The total number of users who have starred this topic.
ViewerHasStarred	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated user has starred this topic.

TrafficClonesDaily

Logs daily statistics of repository clones for the last 14 days, providing insight into the frequency and patterns of cloning activity.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [TrafficClonesDaily]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
CountTotal	Int			The total number of clones for the repository, reflecting all cloning activity.
UniquesTotal	Int			The total number of unique users who cloned the repository, ensuring duplicates are excluded.
Count	Int			The number of clones for a specific period or breakdown.
Uniques	Int			The number of unique users who cloned the repository within a specific period.
Timestamp	Datetime			The timestamp representing when the data was recorded or relevant for the breakdown.

TrafficClonesWeekly

Summarizes weekly clone statistics for the last 14 days, offering a higher-level view of cloning trends.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [TrafficClonesWeekly]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
CountTotal	Int			The total number of clones for the repository over the weekly period.
UniquesTotal	Int			The total number of unique users who cloned the repository during the weekly period, excluding duplicates.
Count	Int			The number of clones for the repository recorded during the specific week.
Uniques	Int			The number of unique users who cloned the repository during the specified week.
Timestamp	Datetime			The timestamp representing the end of the weekly period or when the data was collected.

TrafficPageViewsDaily

Records daily page view statistics for a repository, helping track user engagement and traffic patterns over time.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [TrafficPageViewsDaily]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
CountTotal	Int			The total number of page views for the repository on a daily basis.
UniquesTotal	Int			The total number of unique visitors who viewed the repository pages each day, excluding repeat views.
Count	Int			The number of page views recorded for the repository during the specific day.
Uniques	Int			The number of unique visitors who viewed the repository pages during the specific day.
Timestamp	Datetime			The timestamp indicating the specific day for which the page view data was recorded.

TrafficPageViewsWeekly

Aggregates weekly page view statistics for a repository, giving an overview of user interaction trends for the past two weeks.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [TrafficPageViewsWeekly]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
CountTotal	Int			The total number of page views across all repository pages on a daily basis.
UniquesTotal	Int			The total number of unique visitors who accessed any repository pages during the day, ensuring repeat visitors are excluded.
Count	Int			The number of page views recorded for specific repository pages within the day.
Uniques	Int			The number of unique visitors who accessed specific repository pages on the day.
Timestamp	Datetime			The date and time indicating when the page view data was recorded or is relevant.

TrafficTopReferralPaths

Lists the top 10 most frequently accessed paths in a repository over the past 14 days, helping identify popular content and entry points.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [TrafficTopReferralPaths]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Path	String			The specific URL path within the repository that received referral traffic.
Title	String			The title or name associated with the content at the specified path.
Count	Int			The total number of views for the content at the given path from referral sources.
Uniques	Int			The total number of unique visitors who accessed the content at the given path from referral sources.

TrafficTopReferralSources

Identifies the top 10 sources driving traffic to a repository in the last 14 days, such as search engines, social media, or external links.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [TrafficTopReferralSources]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Referrer	String			The name of the website or source that referred traffic to the repository.
Count	Int			The total number of views generated from the specified referrer.
Uniques	Int			The total number of unique visitors referred to the repository by the specified source.

Watchers

Tracks users watching a repository, providing visibility into who is monitoring updates, changes, and activity.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Watchers]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			The unique identifier of the user.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key for the user in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String			The username that the user uses to log in to GitHub.
Name	String			The publicly visible name displayed on the user's profile.
Email	String			The publicly visible email address listed on the user's profile.
TwitterUsername	String			The username of the user's Twitter account, if the account is linked.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns the user has listed on their profile.
Bio	String			The text description provided by the user in their public-profile biography.
BioHTML	String			The user's public-profile biography formatted as HTML.
Company	String			The name of the company the user has associated with their profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The company name listed on the user's profile, formatted as HTML.
Location	String			The geographic location listed on the user's public profile.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has any items, such as repositories or gists, that can be pinned to their profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Campus Experts program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is following the viewer. This is the inverse of ViewerIsFollowing.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a GitHub site administrator.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Stars Program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization is sponsoring the viewer.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this user is the same as the viewing user.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has the ability to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has the ability to sponsor this user or organization.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is currently following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is currently sponsoring this user or organization.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Can the current viewer create new projects on this owner?
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Can the viewer pin repositories and gists to the profile?
StatusId	String			The emoji's ID.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji summarizing the user's status.
StatusMessage	String			A brief message describing what the user is doing.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Specifies whether this status indicates that the user is not fully available on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The status emoji as HTML.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			If set, the status is not shown after this date.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The organization's ID.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The organization's login name.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The current limit that is enabled on this object.
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The origin of the currently active interaction limit.
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The time the currently active limit expires.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			True if this user/organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly GitHub Sponsors income for this user/organization in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated next GitHub Sponsors payout for this user/organization in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The listing's ID.
SponsorsListingName	String			The listing's full name.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The amount in US cents that this entity has spent on GitHub to fund sponsorships. Only returns a value when viewed by the user themselves or by a user who can manage sponsorships for the requested organization.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for this user.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The HTTP path listing user's projects.
Url	String			The HTTP URL for this user.
ProjectsUrl	String			The HTTP URL listing user's projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public website/blog.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public avatar.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			Copilot API endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			Copilot origin tracker endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			Copilot proxy endpoint.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			Copilot telemetry endpoint.
CreatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			Identifies the date and time when the object was last updated.
RepositoryCount	Int			The number of repositories that a user owns.
FollowerCount	Int			The number of followers that a user has.

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the Sync App beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with GitHub.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from GitHub, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Stored Procedures


Name	Description
AddCollaborator	Adds a user to a repository with a specified permission level, updating existing access if necessary. Enterprise Managed Users are added directly, while others receive an invitation.
CommitCompare	Compares two references (e.g., commits, branches, or tags) to highlight differences in code or repository history, aiding in change management.
CreateCommitOnBranch	Appends a commit to the given branch of the procedure's repository as the authenticated user.
DeleteCodeScanningAnalysis	Deletes an analysis by Id, or deletes the matched set of analyses in reverse chronological order. Deleting the final remaining analysis in a set requires explicitly confirming the deletion because it removes all associated historical alert data.
GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser	Retrieves details of the currently authenticated user, such as account settings and roles within the repository.
RemoveCollaborator	Removes a collaborator from a repository, revoking their access, unstarring repositories, canceling invitations, unassigning issues, denying pull requests, updating related permissions and may delete forks.
UpdatePullRequestBranch	Synchronizes a pull request branch with its base branch by merging or rebasing updates, ensuring consistency with the upstream repository.

AddCollaborator

Adds a user to a repository with a specified permission level, updating existing access if necessary. Enterprise Managed Users are added directly, while others receive an invitation.

Sample

EXECUTE [Repository_MyRepository].[AddCollaborator] Login='user', Permission='push'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Login	String	The handle for the user account.
Permission	String	The permission to grant the collaborator.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Id	String	The Node ID of the invitation if generated.
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

CommitCompare

Compares two references (e.g., commits, branches, or tags) to highlight differences in code or repository history, aiding in change management.

Sample

The 'Base' and 'Head' parameters are required.

EXEC [CommitCompare] Base='main', Head='feature'

Input


Name	Type	Description
OwnerLogin	String	The login field of a GitHub entity.
Repository	String	The name of the repository.
Base	String	The reference that serves as the BASE for a comparison.
Head	String	The reference that serves as the HEAD for a comparison.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.
Url	String	A URL to the generated comparison.
HtmlUrl	String	An HTML URL to view this comparison in a web browser
PermalinkUrl	String	A permanent URL to the comparison.
DiffUrl	String	A URL that shows the differences between the two references.
PatchUrl	String	A URL to the comparison patch.
Status	String	The status of the HEAD compared to the BASE (e.g. ahead, behind, identical).
AheadBy	Integer	This indicates how many commits the HEAD has that the BASE does not.
BehindBy	Integer	This indicates how many commits the HEAD lacks compared to the BASE.
TotalCommits	Integer	The total number of commits between the two references.

CreateCommitOnBranch

Appends a commit to the given branch of the procedure's repository as the authenticated user.

Input


Name	Type	Description
BranchName	String	The unqualified name of the branch to append the commit to.
ExpectedHeadOid	String	The git commit oid expected at the head of the branch prior to the commit.
MessageBody	String	The commit message the be included with the commit. The body of the message.
MessageHeadline	String	The commit message the be included with the commit. The headline of the message.
FileChangeAdditions	String	File to add or change.
FileChangeDeletions	String	Files to delete.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.
CommitId	String	The ID of the new commit.

DeleteCodeScanningAnalysis

Deletes an analysis by Id, or deletes the matched set of analyses in reverse chronological order. Deleting the final remaining analysis in a set requires explicitly confirming the deletion because it removes all associated historical alert data.

Sample

EXECUTE [Repository_MyRepository].[DeleteCodeScanningAnalysis] Id='1234', ConfirmDeleteLast=true
EXECUTE [Repository_MyRepository].[DeleteCodeScanningAnalysis] Ref='456', ToolName='789', Category='423', ConfirmDeleteLast=true

Input


Name	Type	Description
Id	Int	The ID of the analysis to delete. If specified, all filtering inputs are ignored.
Ref	String	Git reference to filter analyses.
ToolGuid	String	Tool GUID to filter analyses. If specified, ToolName is ignored.
ToolName	String	Tool name to filter analyses.
Category	String	Analysis category to filter.
ConfirmDeleteLast	Boolean	Confirms and allows deletion if the specified analysis is the last in a set.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
NextId	String	Id of the next deletable analysis, if any remains.
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

DownloadFile

Enables downloading specific files from a repository, facilitating local inspection or offline use.

Sample

The 'Path' parameter is required, and must be relative to the repository root without a preceding '/'.

EXECUTE [Repository_MyRepository].[DownloadFile] LocalPath = '/tmp/file.txt', Branch = 'main', Path = 'ReadMe.md'

Alternatively, set the connection property Schema to the desired repository.

EXECUTE [DownloadFile] LocalPath = 'C:/Users/CData/Desktop/file.txt', Branch = 'main', Path = 'src/Main.java'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Path	String	The relative file path from the root of the repository.
Branch	String	The name of the branch from which to download the file. Defaults to 'main' if not specified. The default value is main.
LocalPath	String	The absolute local path where the file is saved once downloaded.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether the operation completed successfully (true or false).
Details	String	Additional information or status about the execution of the operation.
FileData	String	The content of the file in BASE64 format, output only if both LocalPath and OutputStream are not specified.

GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser

Retrieves details of the currently authenticated user, such as account settings and roles within the repository.

Sample

EXECUTE [Project].[GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser]

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Id	String	The unique identifier assigned to the user.
Login	String	The username used by the user to login to GitHub.
Bio	String	The public profile bio of the user.
BioHTML	String	The HTML version of the user's public profile bio.
AvatarUrl	String	A URL pointing to the user's public avatar image.
Name	String	The public profile name of the user.
Company	String	The company listed in the user's public profile.
CompanyHTML	String	The HTML version of the user's public company profile.
CreatedAt	Datetime	The date and time when the user object was created.
Email	String	The publicly visible email address of the user.
IsBountyHunter	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsEmployee	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a GitHub employee.
IsHireable	Bool	Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hire.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a site administrator.
IsViewer	Bool	Indicates whether the current user is the viewer themselves.
Location	String	The public profile location of the user.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Integer	Indicates how many more items the user can pin to their profile.
ProjectsUrl	String	The HTTP URL listing the user's projects.
ResourcePath	String	The HTTP path for accessing the user's profile.
TwitterUsername	String	The username of the user on Twitter.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	The date and time when the user's profile was last updated.
URL	String	The HTTP URL for the user's GitHub profile.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool	Indicates whether the viewer can pin repositories and gists to the user's profile.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	Indicates whether the viewer can create new projects for this user.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool	Indicates whether the viewer can follow the user.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool	Indicates whether the viewer is currently following this user.
WebsiteUrl	String	The URL pointing to the user's public website or blog.

GetOAuthAccessToken

Fetches the OAuth Access Token, which is used to authenticate and authorize API calls made to GitHub.

Input


Name	Type	Description
AuthMode	String	The type of authentication mode to use. The allowed values are 'APP' for application-based authentication or 'WEB' for web-based authentication.
Verifier	String	The verifier token returned by GitHub after using the URL obtained from the 'GetOAuthAuthorizationURL' process. This is required only for the Web authentication mode.
Scope	String	The scope or permissions that you are requesting from the user.
CallbackUrl	String	The URL where the user is redirected to after they authorize your application.
State	String	This field holds any state useful to your application upon receiving the response. The same value you sent is returned to you. This can be used for redirection purposes, handling nonces, or mitigating cross-site request forgery.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
OAuthAccessToken	String	The authentication token returned by GitHub for accessing the user's GitHub data.
OAuthRefreshToken	String	An OAuth Refresh Token used to obtain a new access token when the current one expires.
ExpiresIn	String	The remaining lifetime of the access token in seconds.

GetOAuthAuthorizationURL

Retrieves the OAuth Authorization URL, allowing the client to direct the user's browser to the authorization server and initiate the OAuth process.

Input


Name	Type	Description
CallbackUrl	String	The URL where GitHub redirects the user to after they authorize your application.
Scope	String	The scope or permissions you are requesting from the user.
State	String	A field to hold any state information useful to your application. The same value you send is returned to your application, which can be used for redirection purposes, handling nonces, or preventing cross-site request forgery.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
URL	String	The URL that needs to be entered into a web browser to obtain the verifier token and authorize the data provider with GitHub.

RefreshOAuthAccessToken

Refreshes an expired OAuth Access Token to maintain continuous authenticated access to GitHub resources without requiring reauthorization from the user.

Input


Name	Type	Description
OAuthRefreshToken	String	The token used to request a new access token when the current one expires. This token is received alongside the original access token.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
OAuthAccessToken	String	The newly generated OAuth Access Token that must be used in API requests to access protected resources.
OAuthRefreshToken	String	A newly issued OAuth Refresh Token that can be used to obtain another access token once the current one expires.
ExpiresIn	String	The number of seconds until the new access token expires. By default, the expiration time is set to 1440 seconds (24 minutes).

RemoveCollaborator

Removes a collaborator from a repository, revoking their access, unstarring repositories, canceling invitations, unassigning issues, denying pull requests, updating related permissions and may delete forks.

Sample

EXECUTE [Repository_MyRepository].[RemoveCollaborator] Login='user'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Login	String	The collaborator's username used to login.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	Indicates whether or not the operation executed successfully.
Details	String	Any extra details on the operation's execution.

UpdatePullRequestBranch

Synchronizes a pull request branch with its base branch by merging or rebasing updates, ensuring consistency with the upstream repository.

Input


Name	Type	Description
PullRequestId	String	The unique node ID identifying the pull request to be updated.
ExpectedHeadOid	String	The current head reference object ID (OID) of the upstream branch, used to ensure branch consistency before updating.
UpdateMethod	String	The method to use for updating the branch. This defaults to 'MERGE' if no specific method is provided. Other options might include 'REBASE'. The allowed values are MERGE, REBASE.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	A Boolean value indicating whether the branch update operation completed successfully.
Details	String	Additional information or context about the execution of the branch update operation, such as error messages or status details.
PullRequestId	String	The unique ID of the pull request after the update operation is completed.

UploadFile

Allows uploading files to a repository for storage, collaboration, or integration into the project.

Sample

The 'Path' parameter is required, and must be relative to the repository root without a preceding '/'.

EXECUTE  [Repository_MyRepository].[UploadFile] Path = 'testFileUploadFromProcedure.txt', LocalPath = 'C:/Users/CData/Desktop/project/file.txt', CommitMessage = 'test'

Alternatively, set the connection property Schema to the desired repository.

EXECUTE [UploadFile] Path = 'testFileUploadFromProcedure.txt', LocalPath = 'C:/Users/CData/Desktop/project/file.txt', CommitMessage = 'test'

EXECUTE  [UploadFile] Repository = 'HelloGit', Path = 'src/Main.java', FileData = 'aGVsbG8gd29ybGQh', CommitMessage = 'test', Branch = 'master', CommitterName = 'CData', CommitterEmail = '[email protected]', AuthorName = 'CDataSupport', AuthorEmail = '[email protected]'

Set SHA to replace an existing file.

EXECUTE  [UploadFile] Repository = 'HelloGit', Path = 'src/Main.java', FileData = 'aGVsbG8gd29ybGQh', CommitMessage = 'test', SHA = 'bc7774a7b18deb1d7bd0212d34246a9b1260ae17'

Input


Name	Type	Description
Path	String	The relative file path within the repository where the file is uploaded.
Branch	String	The branch to which the file is uploaded. This defaults to 'main' if no branch is specified. The default value is main.
CommitMessage	String	The message describing the changes made during the file upload.
SHA	String	The hash of the file, used to verify and update existing files in the repository.
CommitterName	String	The name of the person committing the file. This defaults to the authenticated user if one is not provided.
CommitterEmail	String	The email address of the person committing the file. This defaults to the authenticated user's email address if no email address is provided.
AuthorName	String	The name of the original author of the file being committed. This defaults to the committer's name or the authenticated user if the name is omitted.
AuthorEmail	String	The email address of the original author of the file being committed. This defaults to the committer's email or the authenticated user's email if the email address is omitted.
LocalPath	String	The absolute file path on the local system from which the file data is read.
FileData	String	The Base64-encoded string representation of the file's content. This is used only if LocalPath and InputStream are not provided.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Success	Boolean	A Boolean value indicating whether the file upload operation was successful.
Details	String	Additional details about the execution of the file upload operation, such as errors or status messages.
CommitSHA	String	The hash of the commit that includes the uploaded file.
FileSHA	String	The hash of the uploaded file node within the repository.

Project Data Model

In the Project Data Model, the Sync App models each project associated with the authenticated account as a schema. Live connectivity to these objects means that any changes to your GitHub account are immediately reflected in the Sync App.

Note: The Sync App does not read from classic projects; they have been deprecated in the GitHub API.

Tables

The following Tables are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
StatusUpdates	Logs status changes for project items, helping teams track progress and communicate updates effectively.

Views

The following Views are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
CustomView	Displays project items labeled 'bug,' sorted by label name in ascending order, to facilitate issue tracking.
ItemAssignees	Tracks users assigned to project items, offering a detailed view of task ownership and accountability.
ItemLabels	Stores labels applied to project items, enabling better categorization and filtering of tasks.
ItemLinkedPullRequests	Connects pull requests to specific project items, creating traceability between project tasks and related code changes.
ItemReviewers	Maintains a list of reviewers assigned to specific project items, ensuring tracking of review responsibilities.
Items	Contains all details related to project items, including metadata and any associated fields.
ItemsView	Offers a complete and unfiltered view of all project items, facilitating comprehensive project analysis.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including getting the currently authenticated user or retrieving and refreshing OAuth access tokens.

The following procedures are shipped with the Sync App:


Name	Description
GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser	Retrieves information about the currently authenticated user in the context of a GitHub project, including roles and permissions.

Tables

The Sync App models the data in GitHub as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Tables


Name	Description
StatusUpdates	Logs status changes for project items, helping teams track progress and communicate updates effectively.

StatusUpdates

Logs status changes for project items, helping teams track progress and communicate updates effectively.

Table-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [StatusUpdates]

Insert

You can use the following columns to create (insert) a new record:

Body
StartDate
Status
TargetDate

INSERT INTO [StatusUpdates] ([Body]) VALUES ('Test')

Update

You can use the following columns to update a record:

Body
StartDate
Status
TargetDate

UPDATE [StatusUpdates] SET [Body] = 'Test' WHERE [Id] = 'PVTSU_lAHOBTvkJ84Ad8nnzgABIno'

Delete

You can specify the following column to delete a record: Id

DELETE FROM [StatusUpdates] WHERE [Id] = 'PVTSU_lAHOBTvkJ84Ad8nnzgABInY'

Columns


Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
Id [KEY]	String	True		The unique node ID of the ProjectV2StatusUpdate object.
FullDatabaseId	Long	True		The primary key of the status update in the database, stored as a BigInt for scalability.
Body	String	False		The textual content of the status update.
BodyHTML	String	True		The content of the status update rendered in HTML format for web display.
CreatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the status update was initially created.
StartDate	Date	False		The start date associated with the status update.
Status	String	False		The current status of the status update, such as 'IN_PROGRESS' or 'COMPLETED'.
TargetDate	Date	False		The target completion date specified in the status update.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	True		The date and time when the status update was last modified.

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Views


Name	Description
CustomView	Displays project items labeled 'bug,' sorted by label name in ascending order, to facilitate issue tracking.
ItemAssignees	Tracks users assigned to project items, offering a detailed view of task ownership and accountability.
ItemLabels	Stores labels applied to project items, enabling better categorization and filtering of tasks.
ItemLinkedPullRequests	Connects pull requests to specific project items, creating traceability between project tasks and related code changes.
ItemReviewers	Maintains a list of reviewers assigned to specific project items, ensuring tracking of review responsibilities.
Items	Contains all details related to project items, including metadata and any associated fields.
ItemsView	Offers a complete and unfiltered view of all project items, facilitating comprehensive project analysis.

CustomView

Displays project items labeled 'bug,' sorted by label name in ascending order, to facilitate issue tracking.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server side:

  SELECT * FROM CustomView

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ItemId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item, used as a primary key.
Title	String			The text value of the item's title or main heading.
Assignees	String			The usernames of users assigned to the item, separated by commas if multiple.
Status	String			The current status of the item, represented by the selected option from a predefined list.
Labels	String			A comma-separated list of labels applied to categorize the item.
Linked pull requests	String			A list of numbers representing pull requests associated with the item.
Milestone	String			The title of the milestone that the item is associated with, used for tracking progress.
Repository	String			The full name of the repository, including the owner (for example, owner/repo-name).
Reviewers	String			The usernames of individuals designated as reviewers for the item.
CustomText	String			Custom-defined textual content for additional item-specific details.
CustomNumber	Double			A numeric field allowing custom floating-point values for calculations or metrics.
CustomDate	Date			A custom-defined date associated with the item, used for deadlines or events.
CustomSingleSelect	String			The selected value from a custom single-choice dropdown field.
CustomIteration	String			The title of the iteration or sprint associated with the item.

ItemAssignees

Tracks users assigned to project items, offering a detailed view of task ownership and accountability.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

ItemId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ItemAssignees]
SELECT * FROM [ItemAssignees] WHERE [ItemId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ItemId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item being referenced, such as an issue or pull request.
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the user assigned to the item.
DatabaseId	Int			The primary key for the user in the database, used for internal reference.
Login	String			The username associated with the user's GitHub account, used for authentication and identification.
Name	String			The full name associated with the user's public GitHub profile.
Email	String			The publicly visible email address of the user, if they have chosen to make it available.
TwitterUsername	String			The user's Twitter handle, as provided on their GitHub profile.
Pronouns	String			The pronouns listed by the user in their public GitHub profile, if provided.
Bio	String			The user's public biography, offering a brief description about themselves.
BioHTML	String			The user's public biography formatted in HTML, suitable for display in web applications.
Company	String			The organization or company associated with the user's public GitHub profile.
CompanyHTML	String			The organization or company formatted as HTML, suitable for rendering in web pages.
Location	String			The geographic location provided in the user's public profile, such as city or country.
AnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has any repositories, gists, or projects that can be pinned to their profile.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items that the user can pin to their profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
ItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile showcase.
IsEmployee	Bool			Indicates if the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool			Indicates if the user is open to job opportunities and marked as hireable.
IsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates if the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates if the user is a participant in the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates if this user is following the authenticated viewer. This is the inverse of 'ViewerIsFollowing.'
IsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates if the user has site-wide administrative privileges on GitHub.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates if the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates if the user is recognized as a member of the GitHub Stars Program.
IsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates if the user is sponsoring the authenticated viewer through GitHub Sponsors.
IsViewer	Bool			Indicates if this user is the currently authenticated viewer.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates if the authenticated viewer has the ability to follow this user.
ViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates if the authenticated viewer can sponsor this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates if the authenticated viewer is following this user.
ViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates if the currently authenticated viewer is sponsoring this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates if the authenticated viewer has permission to create new projects for this user or organization.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates if the viewer can pin repositories or gists to this user's profile.
StatusId	String			A unique identifier for the user's current status emoji.
StatusEmoji	String			An emoji representing the user's current status, providing a visual summary.
StatusMessage	String			A brief text message describing the user's current activity or availability.
StatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user's status signifies limited availability on GitHub.
StatusEmojiHTML	String			The user's status emoji formatted as HTML, suitable for rendering in web applications.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was initially set.
StatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time for the user's status, after which it is no longer displayed.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was last updated.
StatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier of the organization associated with the user's status.
StatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the user's status.
InteractionAbilityLimit	String			The type of interaction limit currently applied to this object, such as restricting comments or contributions.
InteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The origin or reason for the currently active interaction limit, such as an organization policy.
InteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The date and time when the current interaction limit expires.
HasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates if this user or organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing to receive sponsorships.
MonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
EstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount for the next GitHub Sponsors payout, in cents (USD).
SponsorsListingId	String			The unique identifier of the GitHub Sponsors listing.
SponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing associated with this user or organization.
TotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount in US cents spent by this entity on sponsorships through GitHub. Only visible to the user or authorized managers.
ResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for accessing this user's profile.
ProjectsResourcePath	String			The HTTP path for viewing this user's GitHub projects.
Url	String			The HTTP URL for accessing this user's profile.
ProjectsUrl	String			The HTTP URL listing this user's GitHub projects.
WebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public website or blog, if provided.
AvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public avatar image. The 'size' argument specifies the dimensions of the square image.
CopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint for GitHub Copilot integration.
CopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The endpoint for tracking the origin of requests made through GitHub Copilot.
CopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint for GitHub Copilot requests.
CopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The endpoint for gathering telemetry data related to GitHub Copilot usage.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this object, such as a user or resource, was initially created.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this object was last updated or modified.
RepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by the user.
FollowerCount	Int			The total number of users following this user on GitHub.

ItemLabels

Stores labels applied to project items, enabling better categorization and filtering of tasks.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

ItemId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ItemLabels]
SELECT * FROM [ItemLabels] WHERE [ItemId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ItemId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item (for example, issue or pull request) associated with the label.
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the label.
Name	String			The name of the label, used to categorize or tag items.
Description	String			A brief description providing additional context or purpose for the label.
Color	String			The hexadecimal color code representing the label's visual appearance.
IsDefault	Bool			Indicates whether this label is one of the default labels provided by GitHub or custom-created.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access this label on GitHub.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL to view this label on GitHub.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the label was last updated or modified.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the label was initially created.

ItemLinkedPullRequests

Connects pull requests to specific project items, creating traceability between project tasks and related code changes.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

ItemId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ItemLinkedPullRequests]
SELECT * FROM [ItemLinkedPullRequests] WHERE [ItemId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ItemId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item (for example, issue or task) associated with the linked pull request.
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the pull request.
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key of the pull request in the database, stored as a BigInt for scalability.
Author	String			The login name of the user who authored the pull request.
AuthorAssociation	String			The author's relationship with the repository (for example, 'CONTRIBUTOR', 'MEMBER', or 'OWNER').
Editor	String			The login name of the user who last edited the body of the pull request.
HeadRepositoryId	String			The unique identifier for the repository associated with the pull request's head branch.
HeadRepositoryOwner	String			The login name of the owner of the repository associated with the pull request's head branch.
MergedBy	String			The login name of the user who merged the pull request.
BaseRefId	String			The unique identifier for the base branch of the pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
BaseRefOid	String			The Git Object ID (OID) of the base branch associated with the pull request.
BaseRefPrefix	String			The prefix (for example, 'refs/heads/') of the base branch associated with the pull request.
BaseRefName	String			The name of the base branch associated with the pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
HeadRefId	String			The unique identifier for the head branch of the pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
HeadRefOid	String			The Git Object ID (OID) of the head branch associated with the pull request.
HeadRefPrefix	String			The prefix (for example, 'refs/heads/') of the head branch associated with the pull request.
HeadRefName	String			The name of the head branch associated with the pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
Title	String			The title of the pull request, summarizing its purpose or changes.
TitleHTML	String			The pull request title formatted in HTML for rendering in web applications.
Body	String			The full content of the pull request description written in Markdown.
BodyText	String			The content of the pull request description rendered as plain text.
BodyHTML	String			The content of the pull request description rendered as HTML for display purposes.
State	String			The current state of the pull request (for example, 'OPEN', 'CLOSED', or 'MERGED'). The allowed values are OPEN, CLOSED, MERGED.
Number	Int			The unique number assigned to the pull request within its repository.
Mergeable	String			Indicates whether the pull request is mergeable, based on the absence of merge conflicts.
Merged	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request has been successfully merged.
Closed	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is closed without being merged.
ChangedFiles	Int			The total number of files that were modified in this pull request.
Additions	Int			The total number of lines added in this pull request.
Deletions	Int			The total number of lines removed in this pull request.
TotalCommentsCount	Int			The total number of comments, including review comments, on this pull request.
ReviewDecision	String			The current review status of the pull request, such as 'APPROVED', 'CHANGES_REQUESTED', or 'REVIEW_REQUIRED'.
Locked	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is locked to prevent further discussion or changes.
ActiveLockReason	String			The reason provided for locking the conversation on this pull request, such as 'RESOLVED' or 'OFF_TOPIC'.
IsDraft	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is a draft, meaning it is not yet ready for review or merging.
IsCrossRepository	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request's base and head branches are in different repositories.
MaintainerCanModify	Bool			Indicates whether repository maintainers are allowed to make changes to the pull request's branch.
CreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether this comment on the pull request was created through an email reply.
IncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether the comment on the pull request has been edited and includes data from the original creation.
MergeCommitId	String			The unique commit ID generated when the pull request was successfully merged.
PotentialMergeCommitId	String			The unique commit ID generated by GitHub to test the mergeability of the pull request. This is not available if the pull request is already merged or if the test is still in progress.
Permalink	String			The permanent URL that links directly to this pull request.
ResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this pull request on GitHub.
ChecksResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for viewing the checks and statuses for this pull request.
RevertResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for initiating a revert of this pull request.
Url	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this pull request.
ChecksUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for viewing the checks and statuses for this pull request.
RevertUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for initiating a revert of this pull request.
LastEditedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the last edit was made to this pull request.
MergedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was successfully merged.
ClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request was closed, either by merging or other means.
PublishedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the comment associated with the pull request was published.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request or its associated data was last updated.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the pull request or its associated data was created.
MilestoneId	String			The unique identifier of the milestone associated with this pull request.
MilestoneTitle	String			The title of the milestone associated with this pull request.
MilestoneNumber	Int			The unique number of the milestone associated with this pull request.
AutoMergeRequestCommitHeadline	String			The title of the commit created as part of the auto-merge request. Set by the merge queue if required by the base branch.
AutoMergeRequestAuthorEmail	String			The email address of the user who initiated the auto-merge request.
AutoMergeRequestCommitBody	String			The commit message created as part of the auto-merge request. Set by the merge queue if required by the base branch.
AutoMergeRequestEnabledAt	Datetime			The date and time when the auto-merge request for this pull request was enabled.
AutoMergeRequestMergeMethod	String			Specifies the merge method (for example, 'MERGE', 'SQUASH', 'REBASE') used for the auto-merge request. This value is set by the merge queue if required by the base branch.
ViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer authored this comment on the pull request.
IsReadByViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request has been marked as read by the viewer.
ViewerSubscription	String			Identifies the viewer's subscription status for the pull request, such as 'WATCHING', 'NOT_WATCHING', or 'IGNORING'.
ViewerCanLabel	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to edit or add labels to the pull request.
ViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to close the pull request.
ViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can react to this pull request or its comments with emoji reactions.
ViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can reopen the pull request after it has been closed.
ViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for the repository containing this pull request.
ViewerCanApplySuggestion	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to apply suggested changes to the pull request.
ViewerCanEditFiles	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can edit files within the context of this pull request.
ViewerCanDeleteHeadRef	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can restore a deleted head reference associated with this pull request.
ViewerCanDisableAutoMerge	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can disable the auto-merge feature for this pull request.
ViewerCanEnableAutoMerge	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can enable the auto-merge feature for this pull request.
ViewerCanMergeAsAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can bypass branch protection rules and merge the pull request immediately as an administrator.
ViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can update this pull request or its associated content.
ViewerCanUpdateBranch	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can update the head branch of this pull request by merging or rebasing the base branch.
ViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			A list of reasons why the viewer cannot update this pull request or its associated content.
ViewerLatestReviewRequestId	String			The unique ID of the viewer's most recent review request for this pull request.
ViewerLatestReviewId	String			The unique ID of the viewer's most recent review on this pull request.
IsMergeQueueEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the base branch of this pull request has a merge queue enabled for managing merge operations.
IsInMergeQueue	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is currently in a merge queue awaiting processing.
MergeQueueEntryId	String			A unique identifier for this pull request's entry in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryJump	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request is prioritized to jump ahead in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryPosition	Int			The position of this pull request's entry in the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntrySolo	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request needs to be merged or deployed independently, without batching with others.
MergeQueueEntryState	String			The current state of this pull request's entry in the merge queue, such as 'ENQUEUED', 'MERGING', or 'FAILED'.
MergeQueueEntryEnqueuedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request was added to the merge queue.
MergeQueueEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			The estimated time in seconds until this pull request is expected to be merged.
MergeQueueEntryBaseCommitId	String			The unique ID of the base commit associated with this merge queue entry.
MergeQueueEntryHeadCommitId	String			The unique ID of the head commit associated with this merge queue entry.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueId	String			The unique identifier of the merge queue containing this pull request.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for viewing the merge queue containing this pull request.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the merge queue containing this pull request.
MergeQueueEntryMergeQueueNextEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			The estimated time in seconds until a newly added entry in this merge queue is expected to be merged.
StatusCheckRollupId	String			The unique Node ID of the StatusCheckRollup object, which aggregates status checks and runs.
StatusCheckRollupCommitId	String			The commit ID to which the status checks and check runs are attached.
StatusCheckRollupState	String			The combined status of all checks and runs for the associated commit, such as 'SUCCESS', 'PENDING', or 'FAILURE'.

ItemReviewers

Maintains a list of reviewers assigned to specific project items, ensuring tracking of review responsibilities.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App uses the GitHub API to process WHERE clause conditions that are built with the following column and operators:

ItemId supports the '=,IN' comparison operators.

For example, the following queries are processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ItemReviewers]
SELECT * FROM [ItemReviewers] WHERE [ItemId] = 'Val1'

The Sync App processes other filters client-side within the Sync App.

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ItemId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item (for example, a pull request or issue) associated with the reviewer.
NodeId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the object in the GitHub system.
UserId	String			A unique identifier for the user acting as a reviewer.
UserDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the user in the database, used for internal reference.
UserLogin	String			The username associated with the user's GitHub account, used for authentication and identification.
UserName	String			The full name associated with the user's public GitHub profile.
UserEmail	String			The publicly visible email address of the user, if they have chosen to make it available.
UserTwitterUsername	String			The Twitter username provided on the user's GitHub profile.
UserPronouns	String			The pronouns listed by the user in their public GitHub profile.
UserBio	String			The user's public biography, offering a brief description about themselves.
UserBioHTML	String			The user's public biography formatted in HTML for rendering in web applications.
UserCompany	String			The organization or company associated with the user's public GitHub profile.
UserCompanyHTML	String			The organization or company formatted as HTML, suitable for rendering in web applications.
UserLocation	String			The geographic location provided in the user's public profile, such as city or country.
UserAnyPinnableItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has any repositories, gists, or projects that can be pinned to their profile.
UserPinnedItemsRemaining	Int			The number of additional items the user can pin to their GitHub profile.
UserViewType	String			Whether a user being viewed contains public or private information.
UserItemShowcaseHasPinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the user has pinned any repositories or gists to their profile showcase.
UserIsEmployee	Bool			Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
UserIsHireable	Bool			Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hiring opportunities.
UserIsBountyHunter	Bool			Indicates whether the user participates in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
UserIsCampusExpert	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
UserIsFollowingViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is following the authenticated viewer. This is the inverse of 'UserViewerIsFollowing.'
UserIsSiteAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the user has site-wide administrative privileges on GitHub.
UserIsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool			Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
UserIsGitHubStar	Bool			Indicates whether the user is recognized as a member of the GitHub Stars Program.
UserIsSponsoringViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is sponsoring the authenticated viewer through GitHub Sponsors.
UserIsViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the user is the currently authenticated viewer.
UserViewerCanFollow	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can follow this user.
UserViewerCanSponsor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can sponsor this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
UserViewerIsFollowing	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is currently following this user.
UserViewerIsSponsoring	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer is sponsoring this user or organization through GitHub Sponsors.
UserViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the authenticated viewer has permission to create new projects for this user or organization.
UserViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can pin repositories or gists to this user's profile.
UserStatusId	String			A unique identifier for the emoji used in the user's current status.
UserStatusEmoji	String			An emoji representing the user's current status, providing a visual summary.
UserStatusMessage	String			A brief text message describing the user's current activity or availability.
UserStatusIndicatesLimitedAvailability	Bool			Indicates whether the user's status signifies limited availability on GitHub.
UserStatusEmojiHTML	String			The user's status emoji formatted as HTML, suitable for display in web applications.
UserStatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was initially set.
UserStatusExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time for the user's status, after which it is no longer displayed.
UserStatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the user's status was last updated.
UserStatusOrganizationId	String			The unique identifier of the organization associated with the user's status.
UserStatusOrganizationLogin	String			The login name of the organization associated with the user's status.
UserInteractionAbilityLimit	String			The type of interaction limit currently applied to this user's repositories or objects, such as restricting comments or contributions.
UserInteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The origin or reason for the currently active interaction limit, such as an organization policy.
UserInteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The date and time when the current interaction limit expires.
UserHasSponsorsListing	Bool			Indicates whether the user or organization has a GitHub Sponsors listing to receive sponsorships.
UserMonthlyEstimatedSponsorsIncomeInCents	Int			The estimated monthly income from GitHub Sponsors for this user or organization, in cents (USD).
UserEstimatedNextSponsorsPayoutInCents	Int			The estimated amount for the next GitHub Sponsors payout, in cents (USD).
UserSponsorsListingId	String			A unique identifier for the GitHub Sponsors listing associated with this user or organization.
UserSponsorsListingName	String			The full name of the GitHub Sponsors listing associated with this user or organization.
UserTotalSponsorshipAmountAsSponsorInCents	Int			The total amount in US cents that this user or organization has spent on sponsorships through GitHub.
UserResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this user's GitHub profile.
UserProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for viewing this user's GitHub projects.
UserUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this user's GitHub profile.
UserProjectsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for viewing this user's GitHub projects.
UserWebsiteUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public website or blog, if provided.
UserAvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the user's public avatar image. The 'size' argument specifies the dimensions of the square image.
UserCopilotEndpointsApi	String			The API endpoint for GitHub Copilot integration specific to this user.
UserCopilotEndpointsOriginTracker	String			The endpoint for tracking the origin of requests made through GitHub Copilot for this user.
UserCopilotEndpointsProxy	String			The proxy endpoint for GitHub Copilot requests associated with this user.
UserCopilotEndpointsTelemetry	String			The telemetry endpoint for gathering data related to GitHub Copilot usage for this user.
UserCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this user's GitHub account was created.
UserUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this user's profile or associated data was last updated.
UserRepositoryCount	Int			The total number of repositories owned by this user.
UserFollowerCount	Int			The total number of followers this user has on GitHub.
BotId	String			The unique identifier for this bot in the GitHub system.
BotDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the bot in the database, used for internal reference.
BotLogin	String			The username or handle associated with this bot on GitHub.
BotUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this bot's profile or details.
BotResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this bot's profile or details.
BotCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this bot account was created on GitHub.
BotUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this bot's profile or associated data was last updated.
MannequinId	String			The unique identifier for this mannequin user on GitHub.
MannequinDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the mannequin user in the database, used for internal reference.
MannequinLogin	String			The username associated with this mannequin account, typically used for attribution.
MannequinEmail	String			The email address of the mannequin user from the source instance, if available.
MannequinUrl	String			The full HTTP URL to access this mannequin's profile or details.
MannequinResourcePath	String			The relative HTML path for accessing this mannequin's profile or details.
MannequinCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this mannequin account was created on GitHub.
MannequinUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this mannequin's profile or associated data was last updated.
MannequinClaimantId	String			The unique identifier for the user or entity claiming ownership of this mannequin account.
MannequinClaimantLogin	String			The username of the user or entity that has claimed the mannequin account.
TeamId	String			A unique identifier for the team in the GitHub system.
TeamDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the team in the database, used for internal reference.
TeamOrganizationId	String			A unique identifier for the organization to which the team belongs.
TeamOrganizationDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the organization in the database, used for internal reference.
TeamParentTeamId	String			A unique identifier for the parent team of the current team, if applicable.
TeamParentTeamDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the parent team in the database, used for internal reference.
TeamParentTeamName	String			The name of the parent team of the current team, if applicable.
TeamName	String			The name of the team, used for identification and display purposes.
TeamDescription	String			A brief description of the team's purpose or role within the organization.
TeamPrivacy	String			The privacy level of the team, such as 'PRIVATE' or 'SECRET'. The allowed values are SECRET, VISIBLE.
TeamSlug	String			A URL-friendly identifier (slug) for the team.
TeamUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this team's details on GitHub.
TeamAvatarUrl	String			A URL pointing to the team's avatar or profile image.
TeamCombinedSlug	String			A URL-friendly identifier combining the organization and team slugs.
TeamDiscussionsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing discussions related to this team.
TeamMembersUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the list of this team's members.
TeamNotificationSetting	String			The notification preferences set for this team. The allowed values are NOTIFICATIONS_ENABLED, NOTIFICATIONS_DISABLED.
TeamRepositoriesUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the repositories associated with this team.
TeamResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this team's details on GitHub.
TeamTeamsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this team's child teams, if applicable.
TeamViewerSubscription	String			Indicates the viewer's subscription status for the team, such as 'WATCHING', 'NOT_WATCHING', or 'IGNORING'.
TeamDiscussionsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing team discussions.
TeamEditTeamUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for editing this team's details.
TeamMembersResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the list of this team's members.
TeamNewTeamUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for creating a new team under this organization.
TeamRepositoriesResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the repositories associated with this team.
TeamTeamsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this team's child teams, if applicable.
TeamViewerCanAdminister	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has administrative permissions for this team.
TeamViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for this team's repositories or discussions.
TeamEditTeamResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for editing this team's details.
TeamNewTeamResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for creating a new team within this organization.
TeamCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the team was created in the GitHub system.
TeamUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the team's details were last updated.
TeamReviewRequestDelegationAlgorithm	String			The algorithm used by this team for assigning reviews, such as round-robin or load-balanced methods.
TeamReviewRequestDelegationEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the review request delegation feature is enabled for this team.
TeamReviewRequestDelegationMemberCount	Int			The number of team members required to be assigned as reviewers when delegation is enabled.
TeamReviewRequestDelegationNotifyTeam	Bool			Indicates whether the entire team should be notified in addition to the delegated members when reviews are assigned.

Items

Contains all details related to project items, including metadata and any associated fields.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [Items]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
Id [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item.
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key of the item in the database, stored as a BigInt.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the item or its details were last updated.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the item was created.
IsArchived	Bool			Indicates whether the item is archived and no longer active.
Type	String			The type or category of the item, such as 'Issue' or 'Pull Request'.
DraftIssueId	String			The unique identifier for the draft issue associated with this item.
DraftIssueTitle	String			The title of the draft issue.
DraftIssueBody	String			The full content of the draft issue's body written in Markdown.
DraftIssueBodyText	String			The content of the draft issue's body rendered as plain text.
DraftIssueBodyHTML	String			The content of the draft issue's body rendered as HTML for display purposes.
DraftIssueUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the draft issue was last updated.
DraftIssueCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the draft issue was created.
IssueId	String			A unique identifier for the issue associated with this item.
IssueFullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key of the issue in the database, stored as a BigInt.
IssueTitle	String			The title of the issue, summarizing its purpose or content.
IssueTitleHTML	String			The title of the issue rendered in HTML for display purposes.
IssueAuthor	String			The username of the user who authored the issue.
IssueAuthorAssociation	String			The author's relationship with the repository, such as 'CONTRIBUTOR' or 'OWNER'.
IssueEditor	String			The username of the user who last edited the issue.
IssueBody	String			The full content of the issue's body written in Markdown.
IssueBodyText	String			The content of the issue's body rendered as plain text.
IssueBodyHTML	String			The content of the issue's body rendered as HTML for display purposes.
IssueBodyResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access the body of the issue.
IssueBodyUrl	String			The full HTTP URL to access the body of the issue.
IssueNumber	Int			The unique number assigned to the issue within its repository.
IssueState	String			The current state of the issue, such as 'open' or 'closed'. The allowed values are open, closed.
IssueStateReason	String			The reason provided for the current state of the issue, such as 'COMPLETED' or 'NOT_PLANNED'.
IssueLocked	Bool			Indicates whether the issue is locked to prevent further changes or comments.
IssueActiveLockReason	String			The reason why the issue was locked, such as 'OFF_TOPIC' or 'RESOLVED'.
IssueClosed	Bool			Indicates whether the issue is closed. The definition of 'closed' may depend on the type of the issue.
IssueIsPinned	Bool			Indicates whether the issue is currently pinned to the top of the repository's issues list.
IssueIncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether the comment was edited and includes the original creation data.
IssueCreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether the comment was created via an email reply.
IssueResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path to access this issue on GitHub.
IssueUrl	String			The full HTTP URL to access this issue on GitHub.
IssueLastEditedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was last edited by an editor.
IssuePublishedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue or its associated comment was published.
IssueClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was closed.
IssueUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue or its details were last updated.
IssueCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the issue was created.
IssueMilestoneId	String			The unique identifier for the milestone associated with this issue.
IssueMilestoneTitle	String			The title of the milestone associated with this issue.
IssueMilestoneNumber	Int			The number assigned to the milestone associated with this issue.
IssueIsReadByViewer	Bool			Indicates whether the issue has been marked as read by the viewer.
IssueViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer is the author of this comment or issue.
IssueViewerSubscription	String			The viewer's subscription status for this issue, such as 'WATCHING', 'NOT_WATCHING', or 'IGNORING'.
IssueViewerCanLabel	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to edit or add labels to this issue.
IssueViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can close this issue.
IssueViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can reopen this issue after it has been closed.
IssueViewerCanDelete	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can delete this issue or its associated content.
IssueViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can react to this issue or its comments using emojis.
IssueViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for this issue.
IssueViewerThreadSubscriptionStatus	String			The viewer's current thread subscription status for the issue.
IssueViewerThreadSubscriptionFormAction	String			The form action URL for updating the viewer's thread subscription status for the issue.
IssueViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can update this issue or its associated content.
IssueViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			The reasons why the viewer is unable to update this issue or its content.
IssueCommentCount	Int			The total number of comments on this issue.
IssueReactionCount	Int			The total number of emoji reactions on this issue.
PullRequestId	String			The unique identifier for the pull request associated with this item.
PullRequestFullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key of the pull request in the database, stored as a BigInt.
PullRequestAuthor	String			The login name of the user who authored the pull request.
PullRequestAuthorAssociation	String			The author's relationship with the repository, such as 'CONTRIBUTOR' or 'MEMBER'.
PullRequestEditor	String			The login name of the user who last edited the body of the pull request.
PullRequestHeadRepositoryId	String			The unique identifier of the repository associated with the head branch of this pull request.
PullRequestHeadRepositoryOwner	String			The login name of the owner of the repository associated with the head branch of this pull request.
PullRequestMergedBy	String			The login name of the user who merged this pull request.
PullRequestBaseRefId	String			The unique identifier of the base branch associated with this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
PullRequestBaseRefOid	String			The Git Object ID (OID) of the base branch associated with this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
PullRequestBaseRefPrefix	String			The prefix of the base branch's reference path (for example, 'refs/heads/').
PullRequestBaseRefName	String			The name of the base branch associated with this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
PullRequestHeadRefId	String			The unique identifier of the head branch associated with this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
PullRequestHeadRefOid	String			The Git Object ID (OID) of the head branch associated with this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
PullRequestHeadRefPrefix	String			The prefix of the head branch's reference path (for example, 'refs/heads/').
PullRequestHeadRefName	String			The name of the head branch associated with this pull request, even if the branch has been deleted.
PullRequestTitle	String			The title of the pull request, summarizing its purpose or changes.
PullRequestTitleHTML	String			The title of the pull request rendered as HTML for web display.
PullRequestBody	String			The body content of the pull request, written in Markdown.
PullRequestBodyText	String			The body content of the pull request rendered as plain text.
PullRequestBodyHTML	String			The body content of the pull request rendered as HTML for web display.
PullRequestState	String			The current state of the pull request, such as 'OPEN', 'CLOSED', or 'MERGED'. The allowed values are OPEN, CLOSED, MERGED.
PullRequestNumber	Int			The unique number assigned to this pull request within its repository.
PullRequestMergeable	String			Indicates whether the pull request is mergeable, considering the presence or absence of merge conflicts.
PullRequestMerged	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request has been successfully merged.
PullRequestClosed	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is closed without being merged.
PullRequestChangedFiles	Int			The total number of files changed in this pull request.
PullRequestAdditions	Int			The total number of lines added in this pull request.
PullRequestDeletions	Int			The total number of lines removed in this pull request.
PullRequestTotalCommentsCount	Int			The total number of comments, including review comments, made on this pull request.
PullRequestReviewDecision	String			The current review decision on the pull request, such as 'APPROVED', 'CHANGES_REQUESTED', or 'REVIEW_REQUIRED'.
PullRequestLocked	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is locked to prevent further activity.
PullRequestActiveLockReason	String			The reason provided for locking the pull request conversation, such as 'RESOLVED' or 'OFF_TOPIC'.
PullRequestIsDraft	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request is a draft and not yet ready for review or merging.
PullRequestIsCrossRepository	Bool			Indicates whether the pull request's head and base branches are in different repositories.
PullRequestMaintainerCanModify	Bool			Indicates whether repository maintainers are allowed to make changes to the pull request's branch.
PullRequestCreatedViaEmail	Bool			Indicates whether this comment on the pull request was created via an email reply.
PullRequestIncludesCreatedEdit	Bool			Indicates whether this comment on the pull request was edited and includes data from the original creation.
PullRequestMergeCommitId	String			The unique commit ID generated when this pull request was successfully merged.
PullRequestPotentialMergeCommitId	String			The unique commit ID automatically generated by GitHub to test the mergeability of this pull request. This value is unavailable if the pull request is already merged or the test merge commit is still being generated.
PullRequestPermalink	String			The permanent URL that links directly to this pull request.
PullRequestResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this pull request on GitHub.
PullRequestChecksResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the checks and statuses associated with this pull request.
PullRequestRevertResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for initiating a revert of this pull request.
PullRequestUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this pull request on GitHub.
PullRequestChecksUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the checks and statuses associated with this pull request.
PullRequestRevertUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for initiating a revert of this pull request.
PullRequestLastEditedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request was last edited by an editor.
PullRequestMergedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request was successfully merged.
PullRequestClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request was closed.
PullRequestPublishedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request or its associated comment was published.
PullRequestUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request or its details were last updated.
PullRequestCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request was created.
PullRequestMilestoneId	String			The unique identifier for the milestone associated with this pull request.
PullRequestMilestoneTitle	String			The title of the milestone associated with this pull request.
PullRequestMilestoneNumber	Int			The number assigned to the milestone associated with this pull request.
PullRequestAutoMergeRequestCommitHeadline	String			The title of the commit created as part of the auto-merge request. This value is set by the merge queue if required by the base branch.
PullRequestAutoMergeRequestAuthorEmail	String			The email address of the author who initiated the auto-merge request.
PullRequestAutoMergeRequestCommitBody	String			The commit message created as part of the auto-merge request. This value is set by the merge queue if required by the base branch.
PullRequestAutoMergeRequestEnabledAt	Datetime			The date and time when the auto-merge request for this pull request was enabled.
PullRequestAutoMergeRequestMergeMethod	String			The merge method (for example, 'MERGE', 'SQUASH', 'REBASE') used for the auto-merge request. This value is set by the merge queue if required by the base branch.
PullRequestViewerDidAuthor	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer authored this comment or pull request.
PullRequestIsReadByViewer	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request has been marked as read by the viewer.
PullRequestViewerSubscription	String			Indicates the viewer's subscription status for this pull request, such as 'WATCHING', 'NOT_WATCHING', or 'IGNORING'.
PullRequestViewerCanLabel	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to edit or add labels to this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to close this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanReact	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can react to this pull request or its comments using emojis.
PullRequestViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to reopen this pull request after it has been closed.
PullRequestViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for the repository associated with this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanApplySuggestion	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can apply suggested changes to this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanEditFiles	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to edit files within this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanDeleteHeadRef	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can restore a deleted head reference associated with this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanDisableAutoMerge	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can disable the auto-merge feature for this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanEnableAutoMerge	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can enable the auto-merge feature for this pull request.
PullRequestViewerCanMergeAsAdmin	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer, as an administrator, can bypass branch protection rules and merge the pull request immediately.
PullRequestViewerCanUpdate	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to update this pull request or its associated data.
PullRequestViewerCanUpdateBranch	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can update the head branch of this pull request by merging or rebasing the base branch. Returns false if the head branch is up to date or the viewer lacks permissions.
PullRequestViewerCannotUpdateReasons	String			Lists the reasons why the viewer cannot update this pull request or its associated data.
PullRequestViewerLatestReviewRequestId	String			The unique identifier of the viewer's most recent review request for this pull request.
PullRequestViewerLatestReviewId	String			The unique identifier of the viewer's most recent review on this pull request.
PullRequestIsMergeQueueEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the base branch of this pull request has a merge queue enabled to manage merge operations.
PullRequestIsInMergeQueue	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request is currently in a merge queue awaiting processing.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryId	String			A unique identifier for this pull request's entry in the merge queue.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryJump	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request has been prioritized to jump ahead in the merge queue.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryPosition	Int			The position of this pull request's entry in the merge queue.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntrySolo	Bool			Indicates whether this pull request needs to be deployed or merged independently, without batching with others.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryState	String			The current state of this pull request's entry in the merge queue, such as 'ENQUEUED', 'MERGING', or 'FAILED'.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryEnqueuedAt	Datetime			The date and time when this pull request was added to the merge queue.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			The estimated time in seconds until this pull request is expected to be merged from the queue.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryBaseCommitId	String			The unique identifier of the base commit associated with this merge queue entry.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryHeadCommitId	String			The unique identifier of the head commit associated with this merge queue entry.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryMergeQueueId	String			The unique identifier of the merge queue containing this pull request entry.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryMergeQueueUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the merge queue containing this pull request.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryMergeQueueResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the merge queue containing this pull request.
PullRequestMergeQueueEntryMergeQueueNextEntryEstimatedTimeToMerge	Int			The estimated time in seconds until a newly added entry in the merge queue is expected to be merged.
PullRequestStatusCheckRollupId	String			The node ID of the StatusCheckRollup object aggregating status checks and runs for this pull request.
PullRequestStatusCheckRollupCommitId	String			The unique identifier of the commit to which the status checks and runs are attached.
PullRequestStatusCheckRollupState	String			The combined status of all checks and runs for the associated commit, such as 'SUCCESS', 'PENDING', or 'FAILURE'.
TitleId	String			A unique identifier for the title value associated with the item.
TitleDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the title value in the database, used for internal reference.
TitleCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the item or title value.
TitleCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the title value or item was created.
TitleUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the title value or item was last updated.
TitleText	String			The text value of the field representing the title.
StatusId	String			A unique identifier for the status value associated with the item.
StatusDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the status value in the database, used for internal reference.
StatusCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the status value.
StatusCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the status value was created.
StatusUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the status value was last updated.
StatusName	String			The name of the selected single-select option for the status.
StatusNameHTML	String			The HTML-formatted name of the selected single-select option for the status.
StatusDescription	String			A plain-text description explaining the meaning of the selected single-select option for the status.
StatusDescriptionHTML	String			The HTML-formatted description of the selected single-select option for the status.
StatusColor	String			The color code associated with the selected single-select option for the status.
StatusOptionId	String			The unique identifier for the selected single-select option for the status.
MilestoneId	String			A unique identifier for the milestone associated with the item.
MilestoneTitle	String			The title of the milestone, summarizing its purpose or scope.
MilestoneClosed	Bool			Indicates whether the milestone is closed. The definition of 'closed' may depend on the context.
MilestoneProgressPercentage	Double			The progress percentage for this milestone, typically based on completed tasks or issues.
MilestoneDescription	String			The description of the milestone, providing additional context or details.
MilestoneNumber	Int			The unique number assigned to the milestone.
MilestoneState	String			The current state of the milestone, such as 'OPEN' or 'CLOSED'. The allowed values are OPEN, CLOSED.
MilestoneResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the milestone on GitHub.
MilestoneUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the milestone on GitHub.
MilestoneViewerCanClose	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to close this milestone.
MilestoneViewerCanReopen	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to reopen this milestone after it has been closed.
MilestoneDueOn	Datetime			The due date of the milestone, if one is set.
MilestoneClosedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the milestone was closed.
MilestoneUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the milestone or its details were last updated.
MilestoneCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the milestone was created.
RepositoryId	String			A unique identifier for the repository.
RepositoryDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the repository in the database, used for internal reference.
RepositoryName	String			The name of the repository.
RepositoryNameWithOwner	String			The full name of the repository, including the owner's login (for example, 'owner/repository-name').
RepositoryOwnerId	String			The unique identifier for the owner of the repository.
RepositoryOwnerLogin	String			The login name of the repository's owner, which could be a user or an organization.
RepositoryVisibility	String			The visibility level of the repository, such as 'PUBLIC', 'PRIVATE', or 'INTERNAL'.
RepositoryDiskUsage	Int			The size of the repository on disk, in kilobytes.
RepositoryForkCount	Int			The total number of forks of this repository in the entire network.
RepositoryStargazerCount	Int			The total number of users who have starred this repository.
RepositoryWatcherCount	Int			The total number of users watching this repository for updates.
RepositoryTopicCount	Int			The number of topics applied to the repository for categorization.
RepositoryTempCloneToken	String			A temporary authentication token that allows cloning this repository.
RepositoryWebCommitSignoffRequired	Bool			Indicates whether contributors are required to sign off on commits made via the web interface.
RepositoryUsesCustomOpenGraphImage	Bool			Indicates whether the repository uses a custom image for Open Graph representation instead of the owner's avatar.
RepositoryDescription	String			The textual description of the repository provided by the owner.
RepositoryDescriptionHTML	String			The HTML-rendered version of the repository's description.
RepositoryShortDescriptionHTML	String			A short, HTML-rendered description of the repository without any links.
RepositoryResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing this repository on GitHub.
RepositoryProjectsResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the projects associated with this repository.
RepositoryUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing this repository on GitHub.
RepositoryHomepageUrl	String			The URL for the repository's homepage, if provided.
RepositoryMirrorUrl	String			The original URL of the repository if it is a mirror.
RepositoryProjectsUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the projects associated with this repository.
RepositorySecurityPolicyUrl	String			The URL of the repository's security policy, if available.
RepositorySSHUrl	String			The SSH URL for cloning this repository.
RepositoryOpenGraphImageUrl	String			The URL of the image used to represent this repository in Open Graph data.
RepositoryMergeCommitTitle	String			Specifies how the default commit title is generated when merging a pull request.
RepositoryMergeCommitMessage	String			Specifies how the default commit message is generated when merging a pull request.
RepositorySquashMergeCommitTitle	String			Specifies how the default commit title is generated when squash-merging a pull request.
RepositorySquashMergeCommitMessage	String			Specifies how the default commit message is generated when squash-merging a pull request.
RepositoryDeleteBranchOnMerge	Bool			Indicates whether branches are automatically deleted after being merged in this repository.
RepositoryHasDiscussionsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Discussions feature is enabled for this repository.
RepositoryHasIssuesEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Issues feature is enabled for this repository.
RepositoryHasProjectsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Projects feature is enabled for this repository.
RepositoryHasWikiEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the Wiki feature is enabled for this repository.
RepositoryHasVulnerabilityAlertsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether vulnerability alerts are enabled for this repository.
RepositoryHasSponsorshipsEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether the repository displays a 'Sponsor' button for financial contributions.
RepositoryIsInOrganization	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is owned by an organization or is a private fork of an organization repository.
RepositoryIsBlankIssuesEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether creating blank issues is allowed in this repository.
RepositoryIsSecurityPolicyEnabled	Bool			Indicates whether this repository has a security policy configured.
RepositoryIsUserConfigurationRepository	Bool			Indicates whether this repository is designated as a user configuration repository.
RepositoryIsArchived	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is archived and unmaintained.
RepositoryIsDisabled	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is disabled.
RepositoryIsEmpty	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is empty and has no content.
RepositoryIsFork	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a fork of another repository.
RepositoryIsLocked	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is locked, preventing modifications.
RepositoryIsMirror	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a mirror of another repository.
RepositoryIsPrivate	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is private and not publicly accessible.
RepositoryIsTemplate	Bool			Indicates whether the repository is a template that can be used to generate new repositories.
RepositoryLockReason	String			The reason why the repository has been locked, such as 'MIGRATING' or 'BILLING'. The allowed values are BILLING, MIGRATING, MOVING, RENAME.
RepositoryTemplateRepositoryId	String			The unique identifier of the template repository from which this repository was generated, if applicable.
RepositoryParentId	String			The unique identifier of the parent repository if this repository is a fork.
RepositoryForkingAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether forking is allowed for this repository.
RepositoryAutoMergeAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether Auto-merge can be enabled for pull requests in this repository.
RepositorySquashMergeAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether squash-merging is enabled for pull requests in this repository.
RepositoryRebaseMergeAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether rebase-merging is enabled for pull requests in this repository.
RepositoryMergeCommitAllowed	Bool			Indicates whether pull requests can be merged with a merge commit in this repository.
RepositoryAllowUpdateBranch	Bool			Indicates whether pull request head branches that are behind their base branches can be updated, even if not required to be up-to-date before merging.
RepositoryViewerPermission	String			The permission level of the authenticated user on the repository. Returns null if authenticated as a GitHub App. The allowed values are ADMIN, MAINTAIN, READ, TRIAGE, WRITE.
RepositoryViewerSubscription	String			Indicates whether the viewer is watching, not watching, or ignoring updates from this repository. The allowed values are IGNORED, SUBSCRIBED, UNSUBSCRIBED.
RepositoryViewerHasStarred	Bool			Indicates whether the currently authenticated viewer has starred this repository.
RepositoryViewerDefaultCommitEmail	String			The email address the viewer used for their last commit in this repository.
RepositoryViewerDefaultMergeMethod	String			The last merge method used by the viewer or the default merge method for the repository (for example, 'MERGE', 'SQUASH', 'REBASE').
RepositoryViewerPossibleCommitEmails	String			A list of email addresses the viewer can use for commits in this repository.
RepositoryViewerCanAdminister	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has administrative permissions on this repository.
RepositoryViewerCanSubscribe	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can change their subscription status for this repository.
RepositoryViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer has permission to create new projects for this repository.
RepositoryViewerCanUpdateTopics	Bool			Indicates whether the viewer can update the topics associated with this repository.
RepositoryCodeOfConductId	String			The unique identifier for the repository's Code of Conduct.
RepositoryCodeOfConductName	String			The formal name of the Code of Conduct associated with this repository.
RepositoryCodeOfConductBody	String			The full text of the repository's Code of Conduct.
RepositoryCodeOfConductKey	String			The unique key representing the repository's Code of Conduct.
RepositoryCodeOfConductUrl	String			The full HTTP URL for accessing the repository's Code of Conduct.
RepositoryCodeOfConductResourcePath	String			The relative HTTP path for accessing the repository's Code of Conduct.
RepositoryDefaultBranchRefId	String			The unique identifier for the default branch reference of the repository.
RepositoryDefaultBranchRefName	String			The name of the default branch of the repository (for example, 'main', 'master').
RepositoryInteractionAbilityLimit	String			The current interaction restrictions enabled on this repository, such as limiting interactions to collaborators only.
RepositoryInteractionAbilityOrigin	String			The origin or reason for the currently active interaction restrictions on this repository.
RepositoryInteractionAbilityExpiresAt	Datetime			The expiration date and time for the currently active interaction restrictions on this repository.
RepositoryLatestReleaseId	String			The unique identifier for the latest release in this repository.
RepositoryLatestReleaseName	String			The title of the latest release in this repository.
RepositoryLicenseId	String			The unique identifier for the license associated with this repository.
RepositoryLicenseKey	String			The key representing the license associated with this repository (for example, 'MIT', 'GPL-3.0').
RepositoryLanguageId	String			The unique identifier for the repository's primary programming language.
RepositoryLanguageName	String			The name of the repository's primary programming language.
RepositoryLanguageColor	String			The color associated with the repository's primary programming language, often used for visualizations.
RepositoryPushedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was last pushed to.
RepositoryArchivedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was archived.
RepositoryCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository was created.
RepositoryUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the repository's details were last updated.
RepositoryPlanFeaturesCodeOwners	Bool			Indicates whether reviews can be automatically requested and enforced using a CODEOWNERS file in this repository.
RepositoryPlanFeaturesDraftPullRequests	Bool			Indicates whether pull requests can be created as drafts or converted to draft status.
RepositoryPlanFeaturesMaximumAssignees	Int			The maximum number of users that can be assigned to a single issue or pull request.
RepositoryPlanFeaturesMaximumManualReviewRequests	Int			The maximum number of manually requested reviews allowed on a pull request.
RepositoryPlanFeaturesTeamReviewRequests	Bool			Indicates whether teams can be requested to review pull requests.
CustomTextId	String			A unique identifier for the custom text field.
CustomTextDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the custom text field in the database, used for internal reference.
CustomTextCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the custom text field.
CustomTextCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom text field was created.
CustomTextUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom text field was last updated.
CustomTextText	String			The text value of the custom field.
CustomNumberId	String			A unique identifier for the custom number field.
CustomNumberDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the custom number field in the database, used for internal reference.
CustomNumberCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the custom number field.
CustomNumberCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom number field was created.
CustomNumberUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom number field was last updated.
CustomNumberNumber	Double			A numeric value represented as a floating-point number in the custom field.
CustomDateId	String			A unique identifier for the custom date field.
CustomDateDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the custom date field in the database, used for internal reference.
CustomDateCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the custom date field.
CustomDateCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom date field was created.
CustomDateUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom date field was last updated.
CustomDateDate	Date			The date value stored in the custom date field.
CustomSingleSelectId	String			A unique identifier for the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the custom single-select field in the database, used for internal reference.
CustomSingleSelectCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom single-select field was created.
CustomSingleSelectUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom single-select field was last updated.
CustomSingleSelectName	String			The name of the selected option in the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectNameHTML	String			The HTML-rendered name of the selected option in the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectDescription	String			A plain-text description explaining the meaning of the selected option in the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectDescriptionHTML	String			The HTML-rendered description of the selected option in the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectColor	String			The color associated with the selected option in the custom single-select field.
CustomSingleSelectOptionId	String			The unique identifier for the selected option in the custom single-select field.
CustomIterationId	String			A unique identifier for the custom iteration field.
CustomIterationDatabaseId	Int			The primary key of the custom iteration field in the database, used for internal reference.
CustomIterationCreatorLogin	String			The username of the actor who created the custom iteration field.
CustomIterationCreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom iteration field was created.
CustomIterationUpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the custom iteration field was last updated.
CustomIterationTitle	String			The title of the custom iteration.
CustomIterationTitleHTML	String			The title of the custom iteration, rendered in HTML.
CustomIterationStartDate	Date			The start date for the custom iteration.
CustomIterationDuration	Int			The duration of the custom iteration, measured in days.
CustomIterationIterationId	String			The unique identifier for the iteration associated with the custom iteration field.

ItemsView

Offers a complete and unfiltered view of all project items, facilitating comprehensive project analysis.

View-Specific Information

Select

The Sync App processes all filters client-side within the Sync App. The following query is the only one processed server-side:

SELECT * FROM [ItemsView]

Columns


Name	Type	References	OrderBySupport	Description
ItemId [KEY]	String			A unique identifier for the item.
FullDatabaseId	Long			The primary key of the item in the database, represented as a BigInt for scalability.
UpdatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the item or its details were last updated.
CreatedAt	Datetime			The date and time when the item was created.
IsArchived	Bool			Indicates whether the item is archived and no longer actively managed.
Type	String			The type of the item, such as 'Issue', 'Pull Request', or another classification.
PullRequestState	String			The current state of the pull request, such as 'OPEN', 'CLOSED', or 'MERGED'.
IssueState	String			The current state of the issue, such as 'OPEN', 'CLOSED', or 'IN_PROGRESS'.
Reason	String			The reason for the current state of the issue, such as 'COMPLETED' or 'NOT_PLANNED'.
Title	String			The text value representing the title of the item.
Assignees	String			A comma-separated list of usernames assigned to the item.
Status	String			The name of the selected option in a single-select status field.
Labels	String			A comma-separated list of labels applied to the item.
Linked pull requests	String			A comma-separated list of pull request numbers linked to this item.
Milestone	String			The title of the milestone associated with this item.
Repository	String			The full name of the repository containing this item, including the owner's login (for example, 'owner/repository-name').
Reviewers	String			A comma-separated list of usernames assigned as reviewers for this item.
CustomText	String			A text value stored in a custom text field.
CustomNumber	Double			A numeric value stored in a custom number field, represented as a float.
CustomDate	Date			A date value stored in a custom date field.
CustomSingleSelect	String			The name of the selected option in a custom single-select field.
CustomIteration	String			The title of the iteration associated with this item.

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the Sync App beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with GitHub.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from GitHub, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Stored Procedures


Name	Description
GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser	Retrieves information about the currently authenticated user in the context of a GitHub project, including roles and permissions.

GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser

Retrieves information about the currently authenticated user in the context of a GitHub project, including roles and permissions.

Sample

EXECUTE [Project].[GetCurrentlyAuthenticatedUser]

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
Id	String	A unique identifier for the user, used internally by GitHub.
Login	String	The username associated with the user's GitHub account, used for login and identification.
Bio	String	The user's public profile biography, providing a brief personal description.
BioHTML	String	The user's public profile biography formatted as HTML for display purposes.
AvatarUrl	String	A URL pointing to the user's public avatar image, often used in profiles and comments.
Name	String	The full name associated with the user's public GitHub profile.
Company	String	The user's public profile company or organization, as provided by the user.
CompanyHTML	String	The user's public profile company formatted as HTML, suitable for rendering in web pages.
CreatedAt	Datetime	The date and time when the user's GitHub account was created.
Email	String	The user's public email address, visible if they have made it publicly available.
IsBountyHunter	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Security Bug Bounty program.
IsCampusExpert	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a participant in the GitHub Campus Experts Program.
IsDeveloperProgramMember	Bool	Indicates whether the user is a member of the GitHub Developer Program.
IsEmployee	Bool	Indicates whether the user is an employee of GitHub.
IsHireable	Bool	Indicates whether the user has marked themselves as available for hiring opportunities.
IsSiteAdmin	Bool	Indicates whether the user has administrative privileges on GitHub.
IsViewer	Bool	Indicates whether the user is the currently authenticated viewer.
Location	String	The location information provided in the user's public profile, such as city or country.
PinnedItemsRemaining	Integer	The number of additional items this user can pin to their GitHub profile.
ProjectsUrl	String	The HTTP URL where the user's projects are listed.
ResourcePath	String	The HTTP path for accessing the user's GitHub profile.
TwitterUsername	String	The user's Twitter username, as provided on their GitHub profile.
UpdatedAt	Datetime	The date and time when the user's profile or information was last updated.
URL	String	The HTTP URL of the user's GitHub profile.
ViewerCanChangePinnedItems	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer can modify the pinned items on this user's profile.
ViewerCanCreateProjects	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer has permission to create new projects for this user.
ViewerCanFollow	Bool	Indicates whether the current viewer has the ability to follow this user.
ViewerIsFollowing	Bool	Indicates whether this user is currently followed by the viewer.
WebsiteUrl	String	A URL pointing to the user's public website or blog, if provided.

GetOAuthAccessToken

Fetches the OAuth Access Token, which is used to authenticate and authorize API calls made to GitHub.

Input


Name	Type	Description
AuthMode	String	Specifies the authentication mode to use. Valid options are 'APP' for application-based authentication and 'WEB' for web-based user authentication.
Verifier	String	The verifier token provided by GitHub after the user completes authorization using the URL from GetOAuthAuthorizationURL. Required only when using the 'WEB' authentication mode.
Scope	String	Defines the permissions or access levels being requested from GitHub, such as 'repo' or 'user'.
CallbackUrl	String	The URL where the user is redirected after authorizing the application. This URL should match the one configured in your GitHub app settings.
State	String	A unique value sent with the authorization request, returned by GitHub to help your application maintain state, prevent cross-site request forgery (CSRF), and redirect the user to the appropriate resource after authentication.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
OAuthAccessToken	String	The OAuth Access Token issued by GitHub, used to authenticate API requests on behalf of the user or application.
OAuthRefreshToken	String	An OAuth Refresh Token that can be used to request a new access token without requiring user re-authorization.
ExpiresIn	String	The time remaining, in seconds, before the access token expires and must be refreshed or replaced.

GetOAuthAuthorizationURL

Retrieves the OAuth Authorization URL, allowing the client to direct the user's browser to the authorization server and initiate the OAuth process.

Input


Name	Type	Description
CallbackUrl	String	The URL where GitHub redirects the user after they have authorized your application. This should match the callback URL configured in your GitHub app settings.
Scope	String	Specifies the permissions or access levels being requested, such as 'repo', 'user', or other GitHub scopes.
State	String	A unique value sent with the authorization request to maintain application state and mitigate cross-site request forgery (CSRF). GitHub returns the same value, enabling your application to validate the response and redirect the user appropriately.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
URL	String	The authorization URL generated by GitHub. Users must visit this URL in their web browser to grant access to your application and receive a verifier token.

RefreshOAuthAccessToken

Refreshes an expired OAuth Access Token to maintain continuous authenticated access to GitHub resources without requiring reauthorization from the user.

Input


Name	Type	Description
OAuthRefreshToken	String	The OAuth Refresh Token received with the initial access token, used to request a new access token.

Result Set Columns


Name	Type	Description
OAuthAccessToken	String	The new OAuth Access Token to be included in requests for accessing protected resources.
OAuthRefreshToken	String	The new OAuth Refresh Token to be used for requesting another access token when the current one expires.
ExpiresIn	String	The time in seconds until the new access token expires. The default is 1440 seconds (24 minutes).

Connection String Options

The connection string properties are the various options that can be used to establish a connection. This section provides a complete list of the options you can configure in the connection string for this provider. Click the links for further details.

For more information on establishing a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

Connection

Property	Description
OwnerLogin	A username used for an individual user account or a login name designated for an organization account.
URL	The base URL for the GitHub environment you are connecting to.

OAuth

Property	Description
OAuthClientId	Specifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecret	Specifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
Scope	Specifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.

SSL

Property	Description
SSLServerCert	Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Firewall

Property	Description
FirewallType	Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServer	Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPort	Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUser	Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPassword	Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Proxy

Property	Description
ProxyAutoDetect	Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServer	Identifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPort	Identifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthScheme	Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUser	Provides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPassword	Specifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLType	Specifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptions	Specifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Logging

Property	Description
LogModules	Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.

Schema

Property	Description
Location	Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemas	Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
Tables	Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
Views	Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
Schema	Restricts access to data within the specified schema.

Miscellaneous

Property	Description
MaxPointsPerCall	Specifies a target limit on the complexity cost of API calls made by the driver.
MaxRows	Specifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
MaxThreads	Specifies the number of concurrent requests.
Other	Specifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PseudoColumns	Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
Timeout	Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UserDefinedViews	Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.

Connection

This section provides a complete list of the Connection properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
OwnerLogin	A username used for an individual user account or a login name designated for an organization account.
URL	The base URL for the GitHub environment you are connecting to.

OwnerLogin

A username used for an individual user account or a login name designated for an organization account.

Remarks

You can set this connection property to have the Sync App list repositories and projects owned by a specific user or organization in GitHub.

All table default OwnerLogin filters or similar, where possible, will be set to the value of this property unless explicitly specified in the SQL query.

URL

The base URL for the GitHub environment you are connecting to.

Remarks

The base URL for the GitHub environment you are connecting to. This must be set if connecting to a GitHub Enterprise Server instance or a GitHub Enterprise Cloud environment that uses a non-standard API domain. For connections to the standard GitHub service (including GitHub Enterprise Cloud accounts using the default API endpoint), this property must be left empty.

OAuth

This section provides a complete list of the OAuth properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
OAuthClientId	Specifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecret	Specifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
Scope	Specifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.

OAuthClientId

Specifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.

Remarks

This property is required in two cases:

When using a custom OAuth application, such as in web-based authentication flows, service-based authentication, or certificate-based flows that require application registration.
If the driver does not provide embedded OAuth credentials.

(When the driver provides embedded OAuth credentials, this value may already be provided by the Sync App and thus not require manual entry.)

OAuthClientId is generally used alongside other OAuth-related properties such as OAuthClientSecret and OAuthSettingsLocation when configuring an authenticated connection.

OAuthClientId is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can usually find this value in your identity provider’s application registration settings. Look for a field labeled Client ID, Application ID, or Consumer Key.

While the client ID is not considered a confidential value like a client secret, it is still part of your application's identity and should be handled carefully. Avoid exposing it in public repositories or shared configuration files.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

OAuthClientSecret

Specifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).

Remarks

This property (sometimes called the application secret or consumer secret) is required when using a custom OAuth application in any flow that requires secure client authentication, such as web-based OAuth, service-based connections, or certificate-based authorization flows. It is not required when using an embedded OAuth application.

The client secret is used during the token exchange step of the OAuth flow, when the driver requests an access token from the authorization server. If this value is missing or incorrect, authentication fails with either an invalid_client or an unauthorized_client error.

OAuthClientSecret is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can obtain this value from your identity provider when registering the OAuth application.

Notes:

This value should be stored securely and never exposed in public repositories, scripts, or unsecured environments.
Client secrets may also expire after a set period. Be sure to monitor expiration dates and rotate secrets as needed to maintain uninterrupted access.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection

Scope

Specifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.

Remarks

Scopes are set to define what kind of access the authenticating user will have; for example, read, read and write, restricted access to sensitive information. System administrators can use scopes to selectively enable access by functionality or security clearance.

When InitiateOAuth is set to GETANDREFRESH, you must use this property if you want to change which scopes are requested.

When InitiateOAuth is set to either REFRESH or OFF, you can change which scopes are requested using either this property or the Scope input.

SSL

This section provides a complete list of the SSL properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
SSLServerCert	Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

SSLServerCert

Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Remarks

If you are using a TLS/SSL connection, use this property to specify the TLS/SSL certificate to be accepted from the server. You can supply any certificate that is part of the certificate chain that issued your server's certificate, including the Root CA (Certificate Authority) or any intermediate CAs. Using the Root CA can cause all certificates that are part of the same chain to be validated. If you specify a value for this property, all other certificates that are not trusted by the machine are rejected.

This property can take the following forms:


Description	Example
A full PEM Certificate (example shortened for brevity)	`-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIChTCCAe4CAQAwDQYJKoZIhv......Qw== -----END CERTIFICATE-----`
A path to a local file containing the certificate	C:\cert.cer
The public key (example shortened for brevity)	`-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY----- MIGfMA0GCSq......AQAB -----END RSA PUBLIC KEY-----`
The MD5 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated)	`ecadbdda5a1529c58a1e9e09828d70e4`
The SHA1 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated)	`34a929226ae0819f2ec14b4a3d904f801cbb150d`

Note: It is possible to use '*' to signify that all certificates should be accepted, but due to security concerns this is not recommended.

Firewall

This section provides a complete list of the Firewall properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
FirewallType	Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServer	Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPort	Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUser	Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPassword	Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

FirewallType

Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

Note: By default, the Sync App connects to the system proxy. To disable this behavior and connect to one of the following proxy types, set ProxyAutoDetect to false.

The following table provides port number information for each of the supported protocols.


Protocol	Default Port	Description
TUNNEL	80	The port where the Sync App opens a connection to GitHub. Traffic flows back and forth via the proxy at this location.
SOCKS4	1080	The port where the Sync App opens a connection to GitHub. SOCKS 4 then passes theFirewallUser value to the proxy, which determines whether the connection request should be granted.
SOCKS5	1080	The port where the Sync App sends data to GitHub. If the SOCKS 5 proxy requires authentication, set FirewallUser and FirewallPassword to credentials the proxy recognizes.

To connect to HTTP proxies, use ProxyServer and ProxyPort. To authenticate to HTTP proxies, use ProxyAuthScheme, ProxyUser, and ProxyPassword.

FirewallServer

Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

FirewallPort

Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

FirewallUser

Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

FirewallPassword

Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

Proxy

This section provides a complete list of the Proxy properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
ProxyAutoDetect	Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServer	Identifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPort	Identifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthScheme	Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUser	Provides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPassword	Specifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLType	Specifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptions	Specifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

ProxyAutoDetect

Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the Sync App checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations (no need to manually supply proxy server details).

This connection property takes precedence over other proxy settings. If you want to configure the Sync App to connect to a specific proxy server, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

To connect to an HTTP proxy, see ProxyServer. For other proxies, such as SOCKS or tunneling, see FirewallType.

ProxyServer

Identifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.

Remarks

The Sync App only routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the Sync App instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in your system proxy settings.

ProxyPort

Identifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.

Remarks

The Sync App only routes HTTP traffic through the ProxyServer port specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the Sync App instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server port specified in your system proxy settings.

For other proxy types, see FirewallType.

ProxyAuthScheme

Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Remarks

Supported authentication types :

BASIC: The Sync App performs HTTP basic authentication.
DIGEST: The Sync App performs HTTP digest authentication.
NTLM: The Sync App retrieves an NTLM token.
NEGOTIATE: The Sync App retrieves an NTLM or Kerberos token based on the applicable protocol for authentication.
NONE: Signifies that the ProxyServer does not require authentication.

For all values other than NONE, you must also set the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties.

If you need to use another authentication type, such as SOCKS 5 authentication, see FirewallType.

ProxyUser

Provides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:


ProxyAuthScheme Value	Value to set for ProxyUser
BASIC	The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
DIGEST	The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
NEGOTIATE	The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format `user@domain` or `domain\user`.
NTLM	The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format `user@domain` or `domain\user`.
NONE	Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

Note: The Sync App only uses this username if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the Sync App instead uses the username specified in your system proxy settings.

ProxyPassword

Specifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:


ProxyAuthScheme Value	Value to set for ProxyPassword
BASIC	The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
DIGEST	The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
NEGOTIATE	The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NTLM	The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NONE	Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

For SOCKS 5 authentication or tunneling, see FirewallType.

Note: The Sync App only uses this password if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the Sync App instead uses the password specified in your system proxy settings.

ProxySSLType

Specifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Remarks

This property determines when to use SSL for the connection to the HTTP proxy specified by ProxyServer. You can set this connection property to the following values :


AUTO	Default setting. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTPS URL, the Sync App uses the TUNNEL option. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTP URL, the component uses the NEVER option.
ALWAYS	The connection is always SSL enabled.
NEVER	The connection is not SSL enabled.
TUNNEL	The connection is made through a tunneling proxy. The proxy server opens a connection to the remote host and traffic flows back and forth through the proxy.

ProxyExceptions

Specifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Remarks

The ProxyServer is used for all addresses, except for addresses defined in this property. Use semicolons to separate entries.

Note: The Sync App uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to explicitly configure proxy exceptions for this connection, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

Logging

This section provides a complete list of the Logging properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
LogModules	Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.

LogModules

Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.

Remarks

The Sync App writes details about each operation it performs into the logfile specified by the Logfile connection property.

Each of these logged operations are assigned to a themed category called a module, and each module has a corresponding short code used to labels individual Sync App operations as belonging to that module.

When this connection property is set to a semicolon-separated list of module codes, only operations belonging to the specified modules are written to the logfile. Note that this only affects which operations are logged moving forward and doesn't retroactively alter the existing contents of the logfile. For example: INFO;EXEC;SSL;META;

By default, logged operations from all modules are included.

You can explicitly exclude a module by prefixing it with a "-". For example: -HTTP

To apply filters to submodules, identify them with the syntax <module name>.<submodule name>. For example, the following value causes the Sync App to only log actions belonging to the HTTP module, and further refines it to exclude actions belonging to the Res submodule of the HTTP module: HTTP;-HTTP.Res

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:


Module Name	Module Description	Submodules
INFO	General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.	Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections. Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the Sync App, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC	Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.	Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the Sync App, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service. Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance. Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user). Page – Messages related to query paging. Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP	HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.	KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos. Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the Sync App, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service. Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product. Res – Messages containing HTTP responses. Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL	Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.	—
SSL	SSL certificate messages.	Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH	Authentication related failure/success messages.	Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the Sync App, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service. OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication. Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL	Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.	Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution. Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance. Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the Sync App, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service. ResSet – Query resultsets. Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META	Metadata cache and schema messages.	Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance. Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema. MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache. Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC	Information related to executing SQL functions.	Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP	Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.	Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol. Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP	Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.	Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol. Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication. Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP	Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.	Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol. To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication. From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP	Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.	Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication. Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication. Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP	Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.	Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication. Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication. Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE	Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.	—
DEMN	Messages related to SQL remoting.	—
CLJB	Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).	Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE	Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.	—
TRANCE	Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.	—

Schema

This section provides a complete list of the Schema properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
Location	Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemas	Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
Tables	Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
Views	Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
Schema	Restricts access to data within the specified schema.

Location

Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.

Remarks

The Location property is only needed if you want to either customize definitions (for example, change a column name, ignore a column, etc.) or extend the data model with new tables, views, or stored procedures.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\GitHub Data Provider\\Schema, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:


Platform	%APPDATA%
Windows	The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux	~/.config

BrowsableSchemas

Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .

Remarks

Listing all available database schemas can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of schemas in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

Tables

Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .

Remarks

Listing all available tables from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of tables in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of tables available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those tables. To do this, specify the tables you want in a comma-separated list. Each table should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Tables=TableA,[TableB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`TableC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each table you want to view by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between tables that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

Views

Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .

Remarks

Listing all available views from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of views in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of views available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those views. To do this, specify the views you want in a comma-separated list. Each view should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Views=ViewA,[ViewB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`ViewC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each view you want to examine by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between views that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

Schema

Restricts access to data within the specified schema.

Remarks

By default, the Sync App exposes all repositories and projects in the connected account as separate schemas. To restrict access to a specific schema, set this property to the desired schema name. This limits access to only that schema's objects, such as tables, views, and procedures.

Miscellaneous

This section provides a complete list of the Miscellaneous properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.

Property	Description
MaxPointsPerCall	Specifies a target limit on the complexity cost of API calls made by the driver.
MaxRows	Specifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
MaxThreads	Specifies the number of concurrent requests.
Other	Specifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PseudoColumns	Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
Timeout	Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UserDefinedViews	Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.

MaxPointsPerCall

Specifies a target limit on the complexity cost of API calls made by the driver.

Remarks

The Sync App translates your SQL queries to GitHub API calls. The GitHub API assigns a certain number of complexity points to all API calls. It limits the number of complex points worth of calls you can request under various circumstances. The Sync App ensures that all API calls executed consume at or below the number of complexity points set in this connection property, where possible.

The total points used per hour determine your rate limit. Generally, users have a limit of 5,000 points per hour on the GitHub platform.

MaxRows

Specifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.

Remarks

The default value for this property, -1, means that no row limit is enforced unless the query explicitly includes a LIMIT clause. (When a query includes a LIMIT clause, the value specified in the query takes precedence over the MaxRows setting.)

Setting MaxRows to a whole number greater than 0 ensures that queries do not return excessively large result sets by default.

This property is useful for optimizing performance and preventing excessive resource consumption when executing queries that could otherwise return very large datasets.

MaxThreads

Specifies the number of concurrent requests.

Remarks

This property allows you to issue multiple requests simultaneously, thereby improving performance.

Other

Specifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.

Remarks

This property allows advanced users to configure hidden properties for specialized situations, with the advice of our Support team. These settings are not required for normal use cases but can address unique requirements or provide additional functionality. To define multiple properties, use a semicolon-separated list.

Note: It is strongly recommended to set these properties only when advised by the Support team to address specific scenarios or issues.

Integration and Formatting


Property	Description
DefaultColumnSize	Sets the default length of string fields when the data source does not provide column length in the metadata. The default value is 2000.
ConvertDateTimeToGMT=True	Converts date-time values to GMT, instead of the local time of the machine. The default value is False (use local time).
RecordToFile=filename	Records the underlying socket data transfer to the specified file.

PseudoColumns

Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.

Remarks

This property allows you to define which pseudocolumns the Sync App exposes as table columns.

To specify individual pseudocolumns, use the following format:

Table1=Column1;Table1=Column2;Table2=Column3

To include all pseudocolumns for all tables use:

*=*

Timeout

Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.

Remarks

The timeout applies to each individual communication with the server rather than the entire query or operation. For example, a query could continue running beyond 60 seconds if each paging call completes within the timeout limit.

Timeout is set to 60 seconds by default. To disable timeouts, set this property to 0.

Disabling the timeout allows operations to run indefinitely until they succeed or fail due to other conditions such as server-side timeouts, network interruptions, or resource limits on the server.

Note: Use this property cautiously to avoid long-running operations that could degrade performance or result in unresponsive behavior.

UserDefinedViews

Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.

Remarks

UserDefinedViews allows you to define and manage custom views through a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. These views are automatically recognized by the Sync App and enable you to execute custom SQL queries as if they were standard database views. The JSON file defines each view as a root element with a child element called "query", which contains the SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Repositories WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}

You can use this property to define multiple views in a single file and specify the filepath. For example:

UserDefinedViews=C:\Path\To\UserDefinedViews.json

When you specify a view in UserDefinedViews, the Sync App only sees that view.

For further information, see User Defined Views.

Third Party Copyrights

LZMA from 7Zip LZMA SDK

LZMA SDK is placed in the public domain.

Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute the original LZMA SDK code, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.

LZMA2 from XZ SDK

Version 1.9 and older are in the public domain.

Xamarin.Forms

Xamarin SDK

The MIT License (MIT)

Copyright (c) .NET Foundation Contributors

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

NSIS 3.10

Copyright (C) 1999-2025 Contributors THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS COMMON PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS

"Contribution" means:

a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial code and documentation distributed under this Agreement, and b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:

i) changes to the Program, and

ii) additions to the Program;

where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution 'originates' from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include additions to the Program which: (i) are separate modules of software distributed in conjunction with the Program under their own license agreement, and (ii) are not derivative works of the Program.

"Contributor" means any person or entity that distributes the Program.

"Licensed Patents " mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement, including all Contributors.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such derivative works, in source code and object code form.

b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in source code and object code form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.

c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.

d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.

3. REQUIREMENTS

A Contributor may choose to distribute the Program in object code form under its own license agreement, provided that:

a) it complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

b) its license agreement:

i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;

ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;

iii) states that any provisions which differ from this Agreement are offered by that Contributor alone and not by any other party; and

iv) states that source code for the Program is available from such Contributor, and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange.

When the Program is made available in source code form:

a) it must be made available under this Agreement; and

b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.

Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright notices contained within the Program.

Each Contributor must identify itself as the originator of its Contribution, if any, in a manner that reasonably allows subsequent Recipients to identify the originator of the Contribution.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION

Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL

If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against a Contributor with respect to a patent applicable to software (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit), then any patent licenses granted by that Contributor to such Recipient under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. In addition, if Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. IBM is the initial Agreement Steward. IBM may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version. Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved.

This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York and the intellectual property laws of the United States of America. No party to this Agreement will bring a legal action under this Agreement more than one year after the cause of action arose. Each party waives its rights to a jury trial in any resulting litigation.

GitHub Connector for CData Sync

GitHub Connector for CData Sync

Overview

GitHub Version Support

Establishing a Connection

Adding a Connection to GitHub

Connecting to GitHub

Advanced Features

User Defined Views

SSL Configuration

Firewall and Proxy

Query Processing

Logging

SSL Configuration

Customizing the SSL Configuration

Firewall and Proxy

Connecting Through a Firewall or Proxy

HTTP Proxies

Other Proxies

Data Model

Information Data Model

Tables

Views

Stored Procedures

Tables

GitHub Connector for CData Sync Tables

EnterpriseAdminInvitations

Table-Specific Information

Select

Insert

Delete

Columns

EnterpriseAdmins

Table-Specific Information

Select

Delete

Columns

EnterpriseMembers

Table-Specific Information

Select

Delete

Columns

EnterpriseUnaffiliatedMemberInvitations

Table-Specific Information

Select

Insert

Delete

Columns

Organizations

Table-Specific Information

Select

Update

Delete

Columns

OrganizationTeams

Table-Specific Information

Select

Insert

Update

Delete

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

ProjectStatusUpdates

Table-Specific Information

Select

Insert

Update

Delete

Columns

Repositories

Table-Specific Information

Select

Insert

Update

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

RepositoryCustomPropertySchemas

Table-Specific Information

Select

Upsert